



























































































































































































































































































































































































































p Urt0 , 

8861 W I0 D 9 ,^ 


v.' '- n * xskt- - -J v * r^' - \ 4.r O I ^Nioto 008 11 

\V ^ • * 0 • n * V$T H 1«AA_J) 

* **i*(W!* < 0 ^ f Y * °> ^> * • V - T y * ' 


* ^-v 




V^'»v ^ 

V “ 7 ,... ^ 

O ^ * _r^SXv .<► *P 


o 

* ^ %. *■* 


® iy 0 ^ VS1HKP' «5 °* 1.0^, 

/ ^ ^ 0 ^ % «« o0 *A 0 ° ^ **K1- <fr> 

> ** *y ^ °/W* . 4 ? ^ vIlfBr** ^ % 

^ n v * t • *„ *U < $> o« 0 <*> • * t ,, *p 

^ - C °^ ./ ^ 0 ° °o 

° V 





*3* 




_ - ° *° 

O ^ * A A 

O * „ » 0 {>«' O' £, 

*t* ® “ 0 A U « J > * 

V A*V’** 




o • * 


*°-n 


V \.<4 




A°.* 

* fv 

L "'•’ -# %. ♦.;'•• .o' 

, ^ V s’Vl'* C\ <)' * * * O 




"aV 1 


O • * 


< V • !Gf!Ka ‘ •s.V’ 0 ^ .1 

> '••** .A <U ^vp'-C.* \ ‘ 

°-v -A 0 °*% • «• ' * ^ ^ <x 

° "*L C° y^JYT7-L-> °0 0 

^ oV^^Pa,«. ^ 4 ^ -v 

^ * o k 0 

•4 0 * Cka„ * r\ * 

■ . » ^/y//iur - 4 ? ** •WWs^ 0 \ u V*. > 

ft"' (i» 1 Al C\ # v 'l^J 5r • ■". «. ‘IcZWijF ♦ ly 

.. 0 % "’\$* ... \, f 0 ' % ^T.*’ ^ 

».RS . **A ,^, V ^ ^ V .« 

^, : vp s' * ^ V^ 





• O 

* <i> . 

^ V ^T7T 4 Cr 
<f> A v . n *. ^ 



0*1 



• ^ A ♦ 



o • * 



4° a 


.. °* # *— 

‘^4% \ VJ? v* 



^^ Vv V : ^ii^ 0 o 

. 4> Vs • ^ ^ 

aV %a «G V \5 

A o 0N a * <£> ft v .u, ^ 

■'s 'V' t * ^ 

: :'3»: 

o 0^ cv a 

^ .,0 9 




1*0 


4* ^ Vv v 

0B# % 

0 _ A V C 0 0 ♦ < 5 ^ 

O ,j i> * _r^N\ ^ 




A ^vTk o 
;* ^>, o 



y °r .°^IB*. ^o 4 .'; 

v* 

* -v 


•t* 

% 

• ^ <4 , 

' j » v « 

» A V^._ ; 

■* - v ' ev / ^ ^ •, 

av <?> *o 9 * * A, ^ . 

■ ♦**»&.% /T V 

0 i 0 V % > f 

_ .. _...._ y $ ^ * 

O : a ft 



> «<* 


? ..... % "’ v ^ ,..., % 0 / ... V ^ 

:M; V.^ 


o .S ^ 


% 4 ^ 












iV 


,0- 


- 5 . v , t / * ^ o 

_ vP / c° o 

o v : . •% 

*' P* jP'V ' 4°*- \ c 

^ /f l ^ a f\ ^ S^ V/K^ p A KV # BkUWvvv^ \ r 

AV O 4r 0 1 /L» O ^ 

<v *£* * # 0 -U ^ *##1* ©. ,Cr 

V ^^jjjjj^^ ^ ^ * * * 




V'-‘* ^ ... <L 

O. < v ft « " ® ft <S> 

ft O 1ft* ft ftTfttV, ft ft^> 

■ ; * 0 / 

o \0 v\ 



* v^; ^ 

-o.T- A 

• •■ # * ♦ <b *4r c 0 « * „ 

O jw 1 * T 



'o y 


". *A o< .' 

* A Ok 

#’ r\ ’ ~^ z &yjy& * A ,_ ^'VJJ\\NN^> >> V ' K^'" 

A 0 ^ / %^Sf^* ft0° V / 

*° *;«J:.. V «, v V V> av. *> A 


j- 0v *. 



^ * 
vf> <? « 


° Q 0 * 

S$* °^S -.W** A^ yJ ^4 » 

*y , <?> *o * * * A <> * 

A . * 1 '* -» s 0_»% ^ 

vx^ A^ o s 



°, *U* ; 

* 4?%. *„ 

♦ V **, * 




^ .. • • ^0 jo 

' V , o° M. » 

*a o* ^ 


o « 



<5°.* 

’V *0 '. 

v' »•!&:* %, 

'Oft 


<w 


k ^°a 

’> .. V^V "V*♦..,- 

: V ,' A yv. <*> .* 

: ^ «M^°. W • 

* .■-»,;/V'% ‘jfjps /\ # V % 

'o. . - <s ^ *?TV^ ^ ^CD ».. ft * A 

» °o ,-i-P .<^1° ». .4" , • 1 ' * ■• VS^ o o “ «, 'V 

; * *0 k ^ 

* >,* <j4 ^ o <0 vV 

^ *ym?S Js c- a ** 

*"'* *<y 0 . * 







< •«# ^ ^ t S * < 

, .... . ». 

* 4^%- ft^°V, • 



<bft 'TV* «G V *o*i l * A -<V ♦TttT* c> ' 

ri^ • «■ # * ♦ *^0 & c o **«* 1 1 * 

\ %r ^ <J ♦W^ 2> % ° ^ %r G° &Jff3>L? O 


o • 


^A 0 ^ 


’ft* ^°A 

* <rv ^ 

aT* Oft * 

\> ftVVftft V 

* 



'’o 

*• >° ■%. . 

* ■ °' 4°° f ,. %.** ■ rr ' *’^,.. /V* 

.vaS&fe /ife'. \/ 

aV^ 

? v 


* 4? ^ °o 




> * er^ h v' ■<> /tv ^-a * v T f » r ^ V^ 

-•.»• A * 077 ?^ o^ 'o, * * a ♦; 

^o c 0 M * -» (A « «• » »,, ^b 0 »» 0 * 

O ^ . • cS^^VvA ft 'O C, O A * _r^Xv 


’- '*6$ '^o* ?£M@i££+ *0 4* ° 

o lOv*. >4£&SS; A°* *.0^>« jOvv ' 

^0° %> **.„•• A .. % f o° ^ *» 

V »!,* 0 > v V *fti.^Lv <bv \0 V ^ 

,aV/)i . ft*^!^*,. ^ & * 












THE 


PAULSEN READER 

FOR 


EVENING SCHOOLS 

BY 

EDGAR P. PAULSEN 

DIRECTOR OF AMERICANIZATION, TORRINGTON, CONN 


Intermediate Book 


Published by 

EL P. PAULSEN, TORRINGTON, CONNECTICUT 
1924 




'pss 


Copyrighted 1924 


THB TORRINGTON PRINTING CO. 

Torringcon, Conn. 

© Cl A 7 9 3 3 0 5 

MAI -8 1324 





PREFACE 


* 

t 


The purpose of this reader is to teach the reading and writ¬ 
ing of our language to the men and women who already have 
some knowledge of the written or spoken language. It is built 
along definite lines, each lesson containing the presentation, thie 
application, and the drill or review. The lessons are longer than 
the usual lessons, in order that work for outside study and pre¬ 
paration may be assigned. An average progress of two lessons 
for each three evenings may reasonably be expected. Outside 
work for members of evening classes can be safely assigned. The 
men and women who are ambitious enough to attend school after 
a day’s work are usually eager to have some work to do during 
the evenings when school is not in regular session. 

The material necessary to introduce each lesson can be easily 
found by any teacher. The advertising pages of our standard 
magazines furnish a wealth of illustrations that can be readily 
adapted to suit the needs of each class. Material used in teach¬ 
ing the lessons on the bank, insurance, telephone, R. R. station, 
etc., is so plentiful that it is difficult sometimes to decide what is 
to be left out. 

The constitution, the forms for the first and second papers, 
and biographies have been omitted. The constitution is not often 
taught even though it may be present in the text. Booklets on 
the taking out of citizenship papers by the foreigner are being 
issued regularly and without expense by various organizations 
whose purpose is to furnish detailed information on this subject. 
These booklets are far more practical than any one or two iso¬ 
lated lessons could be. When such lessons are to be taught, the 
booklets can be put into the hands of the men and the lessons can 
be taught direct from them. Various insurance companies, banks 
and societies also issue a vast number of booklets on the lives of 
our great men. These booklets can be used as a change from the 
regular lesson form. They can be easily secured, and are of value 


3 


in that they give to the classes an opportunity to read and study 
materia] that is presented in a different way from the regular 
lesson. 

The list of important dates, arranged according to the months 
in which they have occurred will furnish the teacher with a suf¬ 
ficient number of suggestions for supplementary work, both for 
relaxation and instruction. In the same way the tables of dates 
and facts can be used both to answer and to provoke questions. 

Unfortunately, most of our evening school teachers are en¬ 
gaged in the work of teaching in the day schools. Their time is 
limited, and it is often a physical impossibility to keep the plans 
op to the desired standard. For this reason each lesson contains 
the list of new words, synonyms, hononyms, antonyms, verb 
forms, blank exercises, and questions. The questions and blank 
exercises can be used orally, and then as a written test covering 
the subject matter. Fifteen minutes study of the lesson by an 
experienced teacher should enable her to present the lesson 
successfully. 

Every lesson in this reader has been taught in at least fifty 
different classes. The criticisms and suggestions secured from 
the teachers of these classes have been considered before pre¬ 
senting the lessons to other classes. In this way the lessons have 
been made both teachable and learnable, and they have been so 
arranged that the busy teacher would not have to depend entirely 
on her own teaching ability and resources for sufficient material 
for the evening’s work with her class. 

It is assumed that each pupil will have a note book which i3 
a permanent record of the work done. In this he can write the 
answers to the question on each lesson, together with whatever 
other written work the teacher may assign. These books are a 
matter of pride to the men and should be watched carefully. 
Ability to answer the questions intelligently and correctly can be 
considered as proof that the lesson has been learned. These 
books are also a guide to the teacher, for by them she can know 
whether the lesson has been learned, or merely read. 

The author’s hope is that through this book the student, 


4 


whether a foreigner or American born, may learn to love our 
America a bit more and to understand its institutions a bit better. 
Whether or not the foreigner becomes a citizen is secondary—a 
knowledge of the language and the country is of far greater im¬ 
portance. Should the student be American born, the desire ia 
that this book may be the stepping stone by which he can reach 
the door which will open to him the treasure house of his Nation's 
glorious history and ideals. 

E, P. P 


Note—An index of the lessons will be found at the very back 
of the book. 


The author of this book, in compiling his 
work, has drawn from several fields of experience 
and experimentation. The foundations were orig¬ 
inally laid in the Westbrook, Maine, evening school, 
were revised to conform to the practical needs of 
the army illiterates in the 4th Corps Area at 
Cochem, Germany, and later were improved and 
continued at Camp Dix in the R. E. C. schools. 

As Director of Americanization in Torrington, 
Connecticut, the writer has had ample opportunity 
to apply and recast the material to its present 
form. This text should be particularly valuable in 
such a technical and specialized field in which 
there are so few guides to indicate practice. 
The subject matter is selected, copious and in¬ 
formative, and is given in a spirit that is infectious 
to teacher and pupils alike. It should be a real 
contribution toward a better understanding of the 
responsibilities and ideals of citizenship. 

R. C. DEMING. 

State D rector of Americaniza¬ 
tion, Hartford, Conn. 

Secretary, Dept, of Immigrant 
Education, N. E. A. 


6 






LESSON I 


“And I to my pledged word am true.” 

THE FLAG 

flag red white blue 

American your my stars 

stripes 

My flag 
Your flag 
My American Flag 
Your American Flag 
Our American Flag 

My American Flag and Your American Flag. 


American 

flag 

is 

red 

white 

and 

blue 

stars 

and stripes 


The American flag is red, 
white and blue. It is your flag 
and my flag. The American 
flag is our flag. Our American 
flag has stars and stripes. The 
stripes are red and white. There 
are thirteen (13) stripes. Our 
American flag has forty-eight 
(48) white stars. The stars are 
white on a blue field. Our 
American flag has one (1) star 
for each state in the country. 
There are thirteen (13) stripes 
because there w r ere thirteen (13) 
states when the flag was first 
made. 

I love my American flag, and I 
will fight for it. Would you 
fight for our American flag? 


my 

mine 

yours 

too 

we 

are 

Americans 

love 

fight 


This is an American. It is my. It is. 

flag too. Our flag is red, white and. We are. 

and we will love our American. Our American flag has 


7 








.... _and. There are thirteen. The stripes 

are.and . There are.stars. There 

is one.for each state. The stars are....in a... 

field. 


(Note. The blanks are to be filled in. They should 

be taught orally first, then put on the blackboard. They 

may first be copied, then written from memory.) 

1. How many colors has the flag? 

2. Whose flag is it? 

8. What are the colors of our American Flag? 

4. What does the red in the flag stand for? 

5. What does the white mean? 

6. What does the blue stand for? 

7. What does courage mean? 

8. How many stars are there in the American flag? 

9. What does each star stand for? 

10. Would you fight for the American flag? 

11. Have any of you fought for the American flag? 

A STORY ABOUT OUR FLAG 

The American flag is red, white and blue. The red means 
courage. The white means purity. The blue means loyalty 
Courage means bravery in fighting for the right. Purity means 
clean thinking, speaking, and doing. Loyalty means to be faith¬ 
ful to country, and friends. Can any flag be better than our 
flag, standing for courage, purity and loyalty? It has been with 
us in peace and war, on the land and sea, and we will keep it fly¬ 
ing. We will protect and love it so that America may always 
be the land of the free and the home of the brave. It has one star 
for each state and one stripe for each of the first thirteen states. 
It means America and America first. 


8 











LESSON II 


Rome was not built in a day. ’' 

MY FIRST LETTER HOME, 


go 

tell 

going 

about 

write 

envelope 

letter 

stamp 

mother 

must 

father 

five (5) 

country 

cent 


corner 

also 

would 

address 

only 

top 

line 

comes 

city 

back 

write 

me 

right 



I am going to write a letter. I am going to write a letter 
home. My mother will read my letter. My father will read the 
letter too. I will tell them of my country. I will tell them about 
my America. I will tell my father and mother that I am going 
to love my America. 

When I write home I must fix the envelope right. First I 
put a stamp on the envelope. I must put it on the top in the 
right hand corner. My father and my mother are in the old 
country. I must use a five (5) cent stamp. If my father and my 
mother lived in America as I do, it would cost only two cents for 
a stamp. The two (2) cent stamp is red. The five (5) cent 
stamp is blue. 

Next I must write my father’s name. On the next line I 
must write the name of the street. Then comes the name of the 
city. Next I write the name of the country. If I do this all right 
my father will get the letter. 

I have put the stamp on the envelope, i have also put the 
address on the envelope. I have one more thing to do. I must 
put my own name and address on the top in the left corner. If 
my father does not get the letter it will come back to me. 


I am going to write a. I am going to write a letter 

... My mother can.my letter. I will tell them 

that I.my America. I must put a.on the 

envelope. I must put it in the right...on the top. A stamp 


9 








to the old country costs.cents. It costs.cents to 

*end a letter in this country, A two cent stamp is. A five 

cent stamp is.I must write my father's. Then I 

must put the.. the city and the.I hope my father 

gets my. He will be glad that I love my. 

I write home every. 

(The above blanks are to be filled in orally, then written.) 


VERB FORMS. 


I write a letter 
You write a letter 
He writes a letter 

I wrote a letter 
You wrote a letter 
He wrote a letter 


We write a letter 
You write a letter 
They write a letter 

We wrote a letter 
You wrote a leter 
They wrote a letter 


1. Why do you write a letter? 

2. To whom do you send your letters? 

3. Can you write your own letters? 

4. Does your father read your letters? 

5. Does your friend write your letters for you? 

6. Can your mother read your letters? 

7. How long does it take a letter to go to your mother? 

8. What is an envelope for? 

9. Where do you put the stamp? 

10. How much does it costs to send a letter in the U. S.? 

11. How much does it cost to send a letter to the old 

country ? 

12. What do you write on the first line? 

13. What do you write on the next line ? 

14. What do you write next? 

15. Why do you put your name on the top of the envelope ? 

Note—Show a letter that has been returned to the sender. 
Discuss the reasons why the letter was returned; illegible, 
improper address, etc. 


10 












16. Why are all letters not delivered? 

17. How often do you write to your mother? 

18. What color is a two cent stamp ? 

19. What color is a five cent stamp ? 

20. Where do you put the stamp? Why? 

21. Have you ever seen a mail box? 

22. Who takes the letters from the mail box? 

23. What does he do with them? 


11 


LESSON III 


“If you can't pull, push. If you can't do either, 
get out of the way." 

THE UNITED STATES POST OFFICE (I) 


window 

their 

package 

register 

know 

receipt 

piece 

never 

people 

deliver 

paper 

first 

wait 

mark 

pay 

last 

ask 

send 

safe 

means 


I wrote a letter to my father and my mother. I put a stamp 
in the corner of the envelope. I wrote my father's address. I 
wrote my address on the envelope, too. Then I went to the Post- 
office to mail my letter. In the Post-office I saw some little win¬ 
dows. They all had words over them. 

I looked at the first window, STAMPS. I know what stamps 
are and what they are for. I looked at the next window, GEN¬ 
ERAL DELIVERY. I did not know what this was for. I waited 
and saw some people come to the window. They all asked for 
letters. Now I know that the people who do not have their mail 
delivered to their homes can get it at the window marked GEN¬ 
ERAL DELIVERY. I get my mail there if the number of my 
house or the name of my «+reet is not written on the envelope. 

The next window was marked REGISTERED MAIL. I saw 
some people come to this window. They all sent letters or pack¬ 
ages. The clerk wrote in a book. He then put a number on the 
letter or package. Next he gave the man who was sending the 
letter or package a piece of paper. This is called a receipt. The 
man paid the clerk ten cents. He went away happy for he knew 
that his letter could not be lost. 

If a letter is registered it will always be delivered safely. All 
registered mail is put into a special bag which is always sealed. 
Every man who handles the bag of registered mail must write a 
receipt for it. In this way the Government knows every man 
who has handled the bag of registered mail. Registered mail is 
the safest way to send a letter. It only costs ten cents to register 


12 


a letter or package. Never send money in an envelope unless 
it is registered. 

The next window has a card, SPECIAL DELIVERY. This 
means that as soon as a letter comes to the Post-office it is deliv¬ 
ered to the address on it. It is the quickest way to send a letter. 
This cost ten cents too. 

Now I know that to send a letter in this country I have to 
put a two cent stamp on the envelope. I must use a five cent 
stamp to send a letter to the old country. Special delivery is the 
FASTEST way to send a letter. Registered mail is the SAFEST 
way to send a letter. 


no 

know 

first 

last 

sent 

cent 

safe 

dangerous 

piece 

peace 

send 

receive 

some 

sum 

that 

this 


I see some people. 
You see some people. 
He sees some people. 


We see some people. 
You see some people. 
They see some people. 


I saw some people yesterday. We saw some people yesterday. 
You saw some people yesterday. You saw some people yesterday. 
He saw some people yesterday. They saw some people yesterday 


I went to the Post-office to mail a. I saw some 


They had words over. One word was General. 

I saw some.come to this window. They got some 


. I know now that this window is for the.. 

that do not get their mail at their. Registered mail is 

the.way to send a letter or a package. 

delivery means that mail is delivered as soon as it is received. 


Special delivery is the...way to send a letter. I should 

send money in a.letter. Registered mail and special 


delivery letters both cost.besides the 


13 
















1. What is a post-office for? 

2. What does delivery mean? 

3. What does special delivery mean? 

4. How much does it cost for a special delivery stamp? 

5. Why is special delivery the fastest way to send a letter? 

6. Why do we send letters by registered mail? 

7. How much does it cost to register a letter? 

8. Why does a clerk give you a receipt for a registered 

letter ? 

9. What does he do with all the registered letters? 

10. Why does he seal the bag of registered mail? 

11. Why can the bag of registered mail not be lost? 

12. What is the safest way to send money by mail ? 

13. Why should you always send money by registered mail? 

14. Is it safe to send money in an envelope without register¬ 

ing it? 

15. Does a special delivery letter always mean a safe letter? 

16. Why is it worth ten cents to register a letter? 


14 


LESSON IV 


“All is not gold that glitters.” 

THE U. S. POST OFFICE (II) 


going 

blue 

throw 

order 

money 

opposite 

blame 

hack 

application 

sum 

know 


bottom 

receipt 

clerk 



I am going to send my mother some money. It is not safe 
to send money in an envelope. I cannot send a check for I havt- 
no money in the bank yet. 

I go to the Post-office. I ask the clerk to tell me how to 
send money by mail. He tells me to send a money order to her. 
He gives me a paper to fill out. He calls this an application. 
I write my address on the bottom. I put my mother’s address 
on the application. On this application I write the number of 
dollars. 

I give this application back to the clerk. He knows now 
who is sending the money, how much money is being sent and 
who will get the money. Then I give him the money. 

He reads the application. He takes out a big book with blue 
papers in it. These blue papers are Post-office checks. They 
call these post-office checks, money-orders. He writes the same 
on the money order that I wrote on the application. Then he 
tears out the money order and gives it to me. I paid him seven 
cents for the money order. 

I put the money order in the envelope. Then I seal the en¬ 
velope and put a stamp on it. The envelope has my mother’s ad¬ 
dress on it. My return address is also on it. I put the letter in 
the box. 

When my mother gets the letter she will take the money 
order to the Post-office. She will write her name on the back 
of the money order and give it to the clerk. The clerk will give 
her as much money as I gave to the clerk here. 

The clerk gave me two pieces of paper. One was the money 
order. The other was the receipt. I must keep the receipt. I 

15 


can get the money back if the letter is lost. 

I can send a money order to any place. It is a good way to 
pay for anything. I have a receipt and I know that they will get 
the money. 

(Note) Blank applications, receipt, foreign orders, 
etc., can always be secured from the local postmaster. 


I am going to work today. 
You are going to work today. 
He is going to work today. 

I went to work yesterday. 
You went to work yesterday. 
He went to work yesterday. 


We are going to work today. 
You are going to work today. 
They are going to work today. 

We went to work yesterday. 
You went to work yesterday. 
They went to work yesterday. 


ask 

tell 

big 

little 

give 

take 

in 

out 

write 

read 

seal 

open 

stand 

sit 

to 

from 

good 

bad 

go 

come 

to 

two 

I 

eye 

to 

too 

write 

right 

two 

too 

hear 

here 


1. To whom do you send money? 

2. How often do you send money home ? 

3. Is it safe to send money in an envelope? Why not? 

4. What would you send if you had a check book? 

5. Where do you get a money order? 

6. What is an application ? 

7. How do you fill in this application ? 

8. What do you do with the application? 

9. To whom do you give the money? 

10. What does the clerk fill out? 


16 


11. What do you do with the blue money order the clerk 

gives you? 

12. Where does your mother take the money order after 

receiving it? 

13. Where does your mother sign her name? Why? 

14. Why does the clerk give you a receipt? 

15. Why must you not lose your receipt? 

16. How can a letter be lost? 

17. For what would you use a money order? 

18. Why do you have to pay a little money for a money 

order ? 

19. What is the difference between an application and a 

money order? 


I am going to send my mother some. I cannot send 

a check for I have no.yet. I send my.some 

money every. I go to the. and ask for a 

money order application. 

First 1 fill out the. On this application I write 

my mother's. I also write my own address on the 

. He has a book filled with.checks. These 

are called. He fills out one and gives it 

to. It is the same as the. I put it into the 

. Then I.the envelope. I have three things 

on the envelope, a., my mother's.and my own 

. Then I mail the. 

My mother will receive the. She takes the money 

order to her. She writes her name on the back of 

the. The clerk then gives her the. This is 

the best way to send money for it is. 

The clerk gave me a. I must keep this until I know 

my mother has.the money. If she does not get it I 


take the.to the Post-office and they will give me back 

the. When I receive a money order I sign my. 

on the. of it and get the. 


17 
































LESSON V 


“A good name is rather to be chosen than great riches. 11 


MY FRIEND, THE POLICEMAN 


policeman 

hurt 

see 

away 

friend 

fireman 

too 

crowd 

strong 

arrest 

much 

need 

duty 

stops 

him 

help 

afraid 

drives 

tell 

lost 

traffic 

danger 

where 

best 

directs 

can 

steals 



I can see a policeman. The policeman is a strong man. His 
duty is to help us. He is not afraid. He stands on the street so 
that we may come to him when we need help. 

If there is much traffic he directs it so that no one is hurt. 
If there is a fire he keeps the crowd away so that the firemen 
can do their work. If a bad man steals he arrests him. He stops 
the man who is driving his automobile too fast. He takes care of 
the children when they are playing in the street or crossing the 
road. 

If you are lost the policeman will tell you where to go. If 
you need any help, go to the policeman. The policeman will tell 
you the best thing to do. If a man steals from you, tell the first 
policeman that you see. Always remember this, THE POLICE¬ 
MAN IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. 

The policeman is my. His duty is to.us. 

He stands in the. He directs the. 

At a fire he keeps the.away so that the firemen may do 

their. He arrests the.man. If a man steals 

he is arrested by a. If you are lost, ask the policeman 

where to. 

Tell about the policeman near your home. 


18 











help 

right 

top 

lost 


hurt 

left 

bottom 

found 


open 

up 


good 

came 


shut 

down 

bad 

went 


I am reading a book. 
You are reading a book. 
He is reading a book. 


We are reading a book. 
You are reading a book. 
They are reading a book. 


see 

steel 

no 


sea 

steal 

know 


1. Is there a policeman near your home ? 

2. Do you know him well? 

3. Is he afraid? 

4. Is the policeman a strong man? 

5. What does he do near your home? 

6. How does he direct the traffic? 

7. What does he do at a fire ? 

8. What does he do to the man who is driving too fast? 

9. How will a policeman help you if you are lost? 

10. What must we always remember about a policeman? 

11. Why must a policeman be brave? 

12. Would you like to be a policeman? 


19 


Officer Murphy rushed upstairs 
through the smoke-filled hallways 
and shouted warnings to the occu¬ 
pants to get out as quickly as pos¬ 
sible. In the three-room suite in the 
rear part of the second-floor apart¬ 
ment above the Epstein store, was 
the five-month-old baby of Mr. and 
Mrs. Ralph Murray asleep in its crib. 
Mr. and Mrs. Murray had left the 
baby in the care of Miss Wilson 
while they attended a moving picture 
show. Miss Wilson’s first thought 
was of the baby and she ran to the 
room and seized it from the crib. 
Officer Harry C. Hull, who with 
Patrolman Anthony Werner, had 
climbed the back stairway to find 
whether everybody was out, carried 
the baby down. 

Prom the Handlin apartment at 
55, Mr. Handlin’s mother, who is 
over 80 years old and a helpless 
cripple, was carried out and taken 
to the office of Dr. Frank A. Pulver 
in the Morrison block. 

In a room on the second floor of 
the burning build ng, the fireman 
found a woman who had gone back 
in a vain attempt to save something. 
She was carried to safety by Chief 
Palmer and Fireman Lestef- Downs. 

Reports that another woman was 
still in the building led firemen to 
aga : n plunge through the choking 
smoke on mission of rescue but they 
found that everybody was, out. Two 
firemen, George Rossi and Henry 
Schapp, were overcome by smoke 
but insisted upon returning to work 
as soon as they had been revived. 
Chief Palmer and Fireman Rossi 
were both cut on the hands by 
broken glass. 


20 





LESSON VI 


“A penny saved is a penny earned.’* 


MY BANK BOOK 


bank 

book 

has 

name 

words 

open 


mean 

money 

sick 

need 


numbers 


there 


spend 

lose 


hundred 

dollars 


week 

soon 


year 

save 


work 

keep 

fifty 


How much money do you earn every week? Do you spend 
it all ? Do you lose much of it? That is not wise. If you carry 
it all in your pocket you are not apt to save it. It is better to 
put it into the bank. You can go to the bank some day and put 
in a little money. The bank will give you a little book. Your 
name will be on it. In the book they will put some numbers. 
These numbers mean dollars. If you put five dollars in the bank 
every week for one year you will have two hundred and sixty dol¬ 
lars ($260) saved up. It is your own money. You can get it any 
time that you want it. You can not lose it. You do not spend it. 
You have saved it. You do not need to ask your friends to help 
you. Money in the bank is a good friend. How much can you 
save every week? 

I have a little book. I open my little book. I see my name at 
the top. There are some numbers. What do they mean? They 
mean that I have some money in the bank. The money is saved. 
If I need money I can get it. Every week I put some money in 
the bank. More numbers are put in the book. Soon I will have 
a hundred dollars. I do not spend all of my money. I do not 
lose my money. I save my money. If I have money in the bank 
I can get what I want to. If I am sick I have money. If I do 
not work my friends will not need to help me. My bank book is 
my friend. It helps me when I need help. I will keep my bank 
book. I will save some money every week. The bank will help me 
to save my money. It is good to save money every week. Five dol¬ 
lars every week makes two hundred and sixty dollars a year. In 


21 


five years I have one thousand three hundred dollars in the bank. 
This will all be my money. I can then have a home. I can also 
buy a little store or shop. 

It is easy to put money into the bank. Just go to the bank 
and tell the clerk that you want to start saving some money. 
Give him the money and he will give you the little book with your 
name on it. 


1st Week—2nd Week—3rd Week—4th Week—1st Month 
$5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $20.00 

2nd Month—3rd Month—4th Month—5th Month. 
$40.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 


1st Year—2nd Year—3rd Year-—4th Year—5th Year 
$260 $520 $780 $1040 $1300 


I save my money. 

You save your money. 
He saves his money. 

I saw his book. 

You saw his book. 

He saw his book. 


We save our money. 
You save your money. 
They save their money. 

We saw his book. 

You saw his book. 

They saw his book. 


save 

spend 

poor 

rich 

put 

take 

much 

little 

help 

well 

hurt 

sick 

glad 

sorry 

weak 

week 

fare 

fair 

by 

buy 

meet 

meat 


1. How much do you earn every week? 

2. Do you ever save money? 

3. What do you do with your money? 

4. How much do you pay for your board? 

5. How much do you pay for your laundry? 


22 


6. After you pay your bills, how much do you have left? 

7. How much you do spend for shows and such things? 

8. How much do you send home? 

9. Did you ever put money in the bank? 

10. Do you know where there is a bank? 

11. How do you begin to save money? 

12. Can you save five dollars every week? 

13. How much will five dollars every week amount to in a 

month ? 

14. How much will you have in four months if you save five 

dollars a week? 

15. How much will you have in two years if you save five 

dollars every week? 

16. Five dollars every week is how much in five years? 

17. What would you do if you had a thousand dollars? 

18. How can you get money from the bank? 

19. Why is it good to have money in the bank? 

20. Why is it not good to carry all of your money in your 

pocket? 

21. How much can you put in the bank every week? 


23 


LESSON VII 


“Habit is like a cable. We weave a thread every day, 
and at last we can not break it.” 

MR. CHECK BOOK, MY BANK BOOK’S BROTHER. 


brother 

date 

next 

bottom 

check book 

corner 

line 

give 

called 

other 

twenty 

back 

use 

first 

middle 

change 

keep 


My bank book has a brother. It is called a check book. I 
got it at the bank. It is not like my bank book. I use my bank 
book when I put money into the bank. I use my check book 
when I take money from the bank. First I write the date on the 
check. Then I put the number of dollars in the other corner. In 
the middle of the - check I write the name of the man who is to 
get the money. On the next line I write the number of dollars I 
want to pay to the man. I write my own name on the bottom of 
the check. He takes the check to the bank. He writes his name 
on the back of it. He gets the money at the bank and gives 
them the check. 

Every month the bank sends me the cancelled checks. I keep 
these. Some man’s name is on the back of each. I know he has 
received the money. A check is the best way to pay money. I 
must be sure to have money in the bank before I make out a 
check. I must have money before I can pay it out. 

I have two good. One is a... The other is a 

.book. I use a bank book to put money_the bank. I use 

a check.to take, money out of the. In one corner 

of the check I write the . On the first line I write the 

other man’s. On the next line I write the number of. 

On the bottom line I write my. I give the.to the 

man. He takes it to the. He writes his name on the.... 

of the check. The bank gives him the.The bank sends 

me back the.with his name on it. I know he has the. 


24 
















I have written a check. 
You have writen a check, 
He has written a check. 


We have written a check. 
You have written a check. 
They have written a check. 


1. What is a check book for? 

2. Where do you get a check book? 

3. What do you put in one corner of the check? 

4. What do you put in the other corner? 

5. What do you write on the first line? 

6. What do you write on the next line? 

7. What do you write on the bottom line ? 

8. Why do you make a line after the word dollars ? 

9. To whom do you give the check? 

10. Where does he take it? 

11. Where does he write his name? Why? 

12. How do you know that he has received the money? 

13. When does the bank send the check back to you? 

14. Why is the check book better than cash? 

15. What would happen if you make out a check if 

you have no money in the bank? 


25 


LESSON VIII 


“Lobk before you leap.” 


MR. SIGN, THE DRIVER’S FRIEND. 


sign 


careful 


slow down pleasant 


danger 

yesterday 


hurt 

drove 


slowly too 

curve near 

engine safe 

railroad crossing 


city 

easy 

track 


same 

bridge 


crossing 


keep to the right 


I went out yesterday for a ride. I went to the city with my 
friend. It was not easy to drive in the city. There was much 
traffic. There were many automobiles. We were very careful. It 
is easy to get hurt or to hurt someone else. The policeman told 
us where to go. We came to a street crossing. We saw a sign, 
“Turn to the right”. (Ill. a small sign) I know which is my right 
hand so I turned to the right. If I had gone to the left side of the 
sign I might have been hit by another car. Also I might have 
been arrested. Every car going the same way is on the same side 
of the street. There are no accidents if every one stays on the 
right side of the road. 

In the city they were fixing the streets and I saw the sign, 
“Danger!” This means that it is not safe to go near that place. 
There may be a big hole in the road. If the sign “Danger” is on 
a bridge, I know that the bridge is not strong. If I see the sign 
“Danger” on a pole I know that there are electric wires and that 
I may be killed. I must keep away from every danger sign. 

We drove into the country and saw a sign “SLOW DOWN”. 
This means not to go too fast. I did not know why I should slow 
down for I could not see any danger. We went very slowly and 
6oon came to a curve in the road. Just then we saw another car 
coming around the curve. If we had not been going slowly we 
would have been hit. We went a little to the right and went safe¬ 
ly around the turn. 


26 


The sign “SLOW DOWN” tells us that there is danger 
ahead. We must keep to the right and look out. 

The next sign was “Railroad Crossing.” “Look out for the 
engine”. We could see the railroad track crossing the road. The 
sign said “LOOK OUT FOR THE ENGINE”. We know that a 
sign takes the place of a man telling us what to do. We went 
slowly and looked up and down the railroad track. We could not 
see or hear any engine, so we crossed the track safely. 

We came home safely after a pleasant ride. We now know 
that we must read the signs along the road. If we do as the signs 
tell us to do we will not be hurt and we will not hurt anyone. I 
think the signs are our friends. Don’t you think so, too? 


I went for a drive. 

You went for a drive. 
He went for a drive. 

I was very careful. 

You were very careful. 
He was very careful. 


give 

take 

long 

short 

wide 

narrow 

right 

left 

by 

buy 

see 

sea 


We went for a drive. 
You went for a drive. 
They went for a drive. 

We were very careful. 
You were very careful. 
They were very careful. 


danger 

safety 

hard 

soft 

before 

after 

come 

go 

meet 

meat 

right 

write 


I went out for a. I went with my.to the city. 

There was much.in the city. We were very. It 

is easy to get.or to hurt someone. We drove very 

. The.told us where to go. I know which is 

my.hand. An automobile stays on the right hand. 

of the road. The sign “Danger” means “not.” If there is a 

hole in the road a.sign is put there. Before I go around 

a.I slow. When I slow down I go.There 

is a sign at every railroad. It says.things, ‘ * Rail- 


27 



















road.and “look out for the.” We were very 

. We read all of the signs. The.are like the. 

They tell us what to do and where to. 

1 Have you ever seen a sign? 

2. Why was it placed there ? 

3. Did you ever see the sign, “Danger!”? Where? 

4. What does “TURN TO THE RIGHT” mean? 

5. Why should we always walk or drive on the right side 

of the street? 

6. Why do they put a danger sign on a bridge ? 

7. Why do they put a danger sign on a post? 

8. What does it mean to ‘ ‘ SLOW DOWN ’ ’ ? 

9. Why do you slow down near a corner or a turn? 

10. Is it wise to look out for an engine ? 

11. What might happen if you did not look out? 

12. What would you do if you saw a sign that had fallen 

down? 


SIGNS 

PUSH 

COUNT YOUR CHANGE BEFORE LEAVING WINDOW 

TICKET OFFICE 

ENTRANCE 

EXIT 

WATCH YOUR STEP 
ROOMS TO LET 
APARTMENT TO LET 
KEEP OFF THE GRASS 
NO ADMITTANCE 

NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR HATS OR COATS 
NO SMOKING 

STREET CLOSED FOR REPAIRS 
KEEP TO THE RIGHT 
SILENCE 
PRIVATE 
OFFICE HOURS 
9 A. M. to 5 P. M. 

BAGGAGE ROOM 


28 








FOR GENTLEMEN 
LADIES ROOM 
KEEP OUT 
THIS WAY OUT 
NO TRESPASSING 
NO PARKING HERE 
HANDS OFF 
DOGS NOT ALLOWED 
WAIT UNTIL CAR STOPS 
INFORMATION BUREAU 
PAYING TELLER 
RECEIVING TELLER 
WET PAINT 

NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR GOODS LEFT OVER 30 DAYS 
WAITING ROOM 

NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR HATS AND OVERCOATS UN¬ 
LESS CHECKED AT THE OFFICE 
IN CASE OF FIRE BREAK GLASS, THEN PULL CHAIN 
PARKING LIMIT : 30 MINUTES 


During 1922 about 75,300 human lives were lost in accidents. 
Of these 14,000 were killed by automobiles. Two hundred and 
six American citizens were killed by accident. An average of 33 
people were killed daily by automobiles, 35 were killed daily by 
accidental falls, 19 by drowning, and 16 by burns. 


29 


LESSON IX 


“Yon have never done well enough if you think 
you can do better.” 

REVIEW 


To the teacher: 

Everybody enjoys “spelling matches”. If there is more 
than one class doing the same work have the matches interclass. 
Select the best spellers and challenge other schools of the same 
grade. Have the men all present and have them applaud 
EVERY TIME their man has a turn. This will increase their class 
spirit and morale, and will in a way make them feel less keenly 
that they are not the representatives of the class. As each man 
spells, have him step two paces to the front. This gives him a 
chance to think the word over and gives his comrades a chance 
to recognize their man. DRILL is the keynote of this work and a 
spelling match is one of the best methods. If possible have the 
match in some other room and have the whole class present. Smile 
at your representatives once in a while—wink at him—make him 
smile if you possibly can. This serves two purposes, to give him 
confidence and to disconcert the other fellow. Have frequent 
matches in the class room before the big match and drill on the 
words that give difficulty every time. Remember that writing a 
word and spelling it orally are vastly different. Insist on SLOW 
SPELLING when ORAL. Have them repeat it slowly. Many of 
the men will not otherwise profit by the match, as they will not 
be able to follow the speller. It is not only for entertainment or 
for socialization of the spelling period that a match is of value, 
but it is to be like the Cascaret, sugaf-coated medicine. 


my 

your 

flag 

star 

white 

red 

go 

going 

love 

fight 

stripe 

for 


and 

mine 

blue 

we 

is 

are 

write 

me 

American 

will 

tell 

letter 


30 


mother 

means 

envelope 

sum 

five 

write 

would 

lost 

city 

father 

address 

stamp 

back 

cent 

hope 

only 

street 

write 

deliver 

top 

window 

wrote 

ask 

country 

sent 

happy 

pay 

mail 

never 

people 


receipt 

corner 

package 

glad 

safe 

box 

first 

wait 

saw 

mark 

know 

paper 

read 

register 

money 

last 

about 

some 

must 

no 

corner 

homes 

line 

return 

right 


comes 


green 



Note: Make sentences out of the above words. Use the list for 
references. Make corrections orally, then take each paper up with 
the teacher. If preferred, the sentences may be dictated and the 
men permitted to find the words before writing them. Many mis¬ 
takes will appear, but it is a safe way to find out just what pro¬ 
gress is being made. Watch the penmanship. 


31 


LESSON X 


“Count that day lost whose low descending sun views from thy 
hand no worthy action done.” 

THANKSGIVING DAY 


holiday 

nothing 

Mayflower 

feast 

entire 

protect 

cold 

began 

force 

hundred 

rocky 

landed 

hardship 

condition 

harvest 

bleak 

custom 

citizen 

people 

voyage 

enough 

church 

worship 

Indians 

winter 

Dutch 

freedom 



Three hundred years ago a small group of people called 
Pilgrims lived in England. They were not entirely satisfied 
there because they were not allowed to worship God as they 
wished to. Instead they had to worship as the Government told 
them to. 

They were good citizens; they were loyal to England and 
they were satisfied with the English Government. All that did 
not please them was the religion that they had to accept. In 
order to have religious freedom they went to Holland. Here they 
could worship God as they wished. They stayed in Holland for 
some years. But as the children grew up, they began to talk 
Dutch instead of English and began to use the customs and man¬ 
ners of the Dutch. The older people did not like this so they 
went back to England. 

They had heard of America, three thousand miles away, and 
they had heard that in America they could worship God as they 
wished and still be under the British king. A group of them, 
about a hundred in all, managed to get money enough together 
to come to America in the vessel called the “Mayflower”. They 
landed in Massachusetts and called the place where they landed 
Plymouth, after Plymouth in England. It was mid-winter when 
they landed. It was cold and bleak, and there was nothing to 
be seen except woods; great forests of big, bare trees. The coast 
was rocky and nothing seemed to welcome them to this new land. 


32 


First they thanked God for a safe voyage and then they set 
to work to build houses for themselves. They were not used to 
such hardships as they had to endure and many of them became 
ill and died. They had to protect themselves from the Indians, 
too, and they even went to church carrying their loaded guns, 
expecting every minute to hear the dreadful war whoop of the 
savages. In the spring there were only a few left and in order 
that the Indians might not know how many of them had died they 
planted their corn over the graves. 

A ship came from England in the spring and they could have 
gone back. They did not go, for here they were free. 

In the fall when the harvests were ripe and the crops were 
gathered and stored away, they held a feast of Thanksgiving, or 
for giving thanks. They invited some of the friendly Indians, 
and there in Massachusetts, three thousand miles from home and 
friends, in a new, wild land, facing another winter with its hard¬ 
ships and sufferings, they had the faith and courage to offer up 
thanks for the year that had passed. 

This feast of Thanksgiving became a custom and now, in the 
fall, after the harvests have been gathered, we celebrate the same 
festival. The President writes a message to the whole country 
telling us that on that day we should remember to give thanks. 
The schools, stores, and banks are closed throughout the whole 
land, and everywhere people are feasting and offering up prayers 
of Thanksgiving for the past year and asking help for the coming 
year. 

Thanksgiving Day has two great lessons for us. One lesson 
is that we ought to be thankful for health, harvests, and safety. 
The other lesson is that three hundred years ago, New England 
was founded on courage and prayer. 

1. Where did the Pilgrims first live? 

2. Why were they not content in England ? 

3. Where did they go first after leaving England? 

4. Why did they not stay in Holland? 

5. What had they heard about America? 

6. About how many of them chartered the ship? 


33 


7. What was the vessel called ? 

8. What ship is called the Mayflower now? 

9. When did they land? Where? 

10. What did they do first? 

11. How did America look to them? 

12. What happened during the first winter? 

13. What were some of the dangers that they had to facet 

14. Why did they not go back when they had a chance to? 

15. Why were they happy here? 

16. What crops did they plant the next spring? 

17. What did the Indians show them? 

18. What kind of houses did they build? 

19. Why did they have a feast the next fall? 

20. Who came to this feast? 

21. Why were they thankful? 

22. What have we to be thankful for? 

23. What are you thankful for? 


I am not satisfied. 
You are not satisfied. 
He is not satisfied. 


We are not satisfied. 
You are not satisfied. 
They are not satisfied 


I was not satisfied with the 
motor. 

You were not satisfied with the Work out the plural forms, 
motor. 

He was not satisfied with the 
motor. 


I have been hungry. 

You have been hungry. Work out the plural forms. 

He has been hungry. 


fat 

thin 

right 

wrong 

small 

large 

old 

young 

came 

went 

cold 

warm 

true 

false 

safe 

dangerous 

sorry 

sad 

start 

begin 

glad 

happy 

stay 

remain 

freedom 

liberty 

wish 

want 


34 


The Pilgrims first lived in. From England 

they went to. They left England because they 

.to worship.in their own way. They did not 

want to be citizens of any other. The children learned 

the Dutch. The Pilgrims did not.this to 

happen. They went back to. 

They heard that in.they could have religious 

. About a.of them came to.in 

. They came over in the. The President’s 

yacht is now called the. They landed in. 

They first gave.for a safe journey. Then they began 

to. They built log. During the winter many 

were. Many of them. There was danger from 

the. 

In the spring they planted. In the fall after they had 

gathered the.they had a great. They had wild 

..., and fish. They invited some friendly. 

to the feast. This feast was held every. Now we have the 

same. We call it. We have much to be 

.for. We should be thankful that we live in. 

and that through the year we have had., . 

and. 


35 




































LESSON XI 


“ Never put off until tomorrow what can be done today/ ’ 


TELEGRAPH MESSAGES 


into 

office 

machines 

click 

button 

pressing 

finger 


dot 

dash 

message 

key 

charge 

extra 

cable 


Africa 

Europe 

wireless 

time 

wires 

thousands 

trains 


business 


prices 

happens 


world 

soon 

visit 

regular 


Did you ever go into an office where the little machines were 
going click, click, clikity click, click, click? Do you know what 
they were for, or how necessary to us they are? One man sits 
there pressing a little button with his finger. Another man seems 
to be listening and writing something down. The man pressing 
the button is sending a message and the man who is listening and 
writing is receiving a message. Do you know what a message is? 
It is a sort of letter. The machine he is using is called a tele¬ 
graph instrument. It is connected by wires to another instru¬ 
ment at some other place. The clicking is the way they talk over 
the wires. The man sending the message presses down the button. 
By holding the button down he makes a dot or dash. A dot 
and dash means “a”. A dash and a dot means an “n”. Three 
dots make an “s". Each letter has its dots and dashes. The 
men know these letters and so can tell what the man is sending 
to them. A message can be sent thousands of miles in an instant. 

The telegraph is used by the railroads in sending messages 
about the trains. It is used by business men in ordering things 
for which they are in a hurry. It is also used to send news to 
the papers. By using the telegraph the newspapers have 
accounts of whatever happens at once. In this way we get news 
of what happens all over the world. We learn of a big fire as 
soon as it starts to burn—we know about the baseball games after 
each inning—and we know the prices of everything as soon as 
they change. 


36 


If it is necessary to send a message to anyone in a hurry the 
telegraph is the quickest. If anyone dies and the family is to be 
told at once, a telegraph message is sent. 

If anyone is coming to visit you and they do not have time 
to send a letter, a telegram will bring the news in a few hours. 
It only takes a few hours for a message to go from New York to 
California or from Maine to Texas. The regular message is ten 
words. For these ten words a regular charge is made. If more 
than ten words is sent an extra charge is made. At night fifty 
words can be sent at about the same rate as ten words in the day 
time. This is called a night letter. It is delivered the next 
morning. A telegram, called a cable, can be sent to any country 
in the world. The wires for the cable messages are laid under 
the Oceans. Cyrus Field, an American, laid the first cable to 
Europe. Now they are connected with every land. 

Money can be sent by telegraph in the same way as it is sent 
by money order. This costs a little more but it is much quicker. 
This can only be delivered to the man whose name appears on 
the address. 

The wireless telegraph is used a great deal now. It has the 
same way of sending except that the telegraph messages are sent 
through the air instead of along wires. The ships at sea and the 
airplanes use the wireless. Messages can be sent by wireless at a 
cost of about thirty-five cents a word. In a few years we shall 
use the wireless telephone as much as the wireless telegraph. 


I paid for the message. 
You paid for the message 
He paid for the message. 

I will pay for it. 

You will pay for it. 

He will pay for it. 


short 

long 

fast 

slow 

in 

out 

wish 

hope 

message 

letter 


We paid for the message. 
You paid for the message. 
They paid for the message. 

We will pay for it. 

You will pay for it. 

They will pay for it. 


new 

old 

receive 

get 

quick 

slow 

little 

small 

shut 

close 


37 


Form of telegrams. 

1. Train late. Arrive three o’clock Thursday afternoon. 

Mother coming, too. John Smith. 

2. Father died today noon. Funeral Saturday afternoon 
two thirty. 

3. Dempsey knocked out Carpentier fourth round. 
I win bet. 

4. Come home. Will meet you. Wire time of arrival. 

I have sent a.to my home. I wrote ten. 

It will only take a few.before it is. The man 

was in a telegraph. He had a little instrument with 

a. He pressed.on this key. He made dots and 

. These dots and dashes were for. The mes¬ 
sage was sent over. It cost thirty-five.for ten 

. At night I can send fifty.at about the same 

price as ten words in the. I can also send money by 

. I can telegraph to another country by. 

Ships send telegrams by.telegraph. Wireless. 

is the way they send.without wires. Soon we shall 

have wireless., too. 


Note—Tell about telegrams you have received or sent. Fill 
out a telegraph blank form. A message may be written on the 
board and copy it in order to learn the proper way to fill out a 
blank. Make message brief and definite. 


38 






















LESSON XII 


“A man of words and not of deeds, 
is like a garden full of weeds.” 

THE RAILROAD STATION (I). 


station 

pleasant 

mistake 

leaves 

railroad 

pencil 

whenever 

change 

boat 

express 

company 

quick 

information 

classes 

window 

elevated 

remember 

while 

tickets 

minute 

My father is 

coming to America next week. 

I want to meet 

him at the station where the boat comes in. He will be at Ellis 

Island. I have many miles to go so I will take a train. I have 


never been in a railroad train in this country. I know where the 
station is so I can find out what I am to do when I get there. 

As I come into the station I see a sign “INFORMATION.” 
I saw this sign in the Postoffice and I remember that it means 
that that is the place where they will tell me what to do. I ask 
the man to tell me about the train to New York. He is very 
pleasant. He takes a little book and then shows me my train 
time. Then he marks it with a pencil so I will not make a mis¬ 
take. The people ask this man all sorts of questions. Some want 
to go to Canada, some to Chicago, some to Portland, and some 
want to go to a very small town in Oregon. He can tell them all 
where to find their train and what time it will go. He tells me 
to put my time table into my pocket so that I will have it when¬ 
ever I need it. This is free. It is given out by the Railroad 
Company. 

My train leaves Trenton at three o’clock. I have time 
enough. The first thing to do is to buy the ticket. I get this at 
the window marked “Tickets”. I pay for my ticket here. Then 
I count my change to see that there is no mistake, thank the man, 
and go out to the train. On the platform is a man in uniform. 
He is shouting and telling the people which train goes next. 
Soon he calls, “New York train”! “Express for New York”! 
Express means that the train only stops at the large cities so it 
gets to New York very quickly. 


39 


I get into one of the cars and sit down. I can take any seat 
I wish to for here we do not have the three classes. Everyone 
pays the same and all have a seat. Soon the conductor comes 
around and takes my ticket. He punches a hole in it and gives 
me a little piece of paper. This is my receipt for the ticket. 
Before we get to New York he takes this paper again. I must 
not lose this receipt for if I do I may have to pay my fare 
over. When I change my seat or go into the smoking car 
I must take it with me. If I do not, some one else may take my 
seat and my receipt. 

In a little while I am in New York. I take the subway or 
the elevated trains to Battery Place and then take a ferry boat 
to Ellis Island. I was at Ellis Island when I came to America so 
I know where to go. In a little while I am at the gates and 
there in a room I see my father. I am very glad to see him. 
I have not seen him for a long time. Soon he comes out. We 
shake hands and talk very rapidly for a minute, then he says, 
‘‘Come on, I want to see the America that you have been telling 
me such wonderful things about. ” I take some of his bags and 
together we start back to the ferry. I am happy for now I am 
with my father and I know that in a little while he will take out 
his first papers, too, and become an American. Then, when we 
have saved some money, mother will come over, and we will be a 
happy, loyal, American family. 

I am going to buy a ticket. We are going 

You are going to buy a ticket. to buy our ticket 

He is going to buy a ticket. Have pupils finish the plural. 

I bought my ticket. I bought my ticket 

Did you buy your ticket at the station? at the station 

Did he buy his ticket at the station? 

Where did you buy your ticket ? 

Where did he buy his ticket? 

Where did they buy their 
tickets ? 


40 


I bought my ticket 
yesterday, etc. 


When did you buy your ticket? 

When did he buy his ticket? 

When did they buy their tick¬ 
ets? 

What did you do with your ticket? I gave my ticket to 

What did he do with his ticket? the conductor, etc. 

What did they do with their tickets? 


give 

gave 

given 

buy 

bought 

have bought 

sell 

sold 

have sold 

take 

took 

have taken 


41 


LESSON XIII 


“Birds of a feather flock together.’* 

THE RAILROAD STATION (II) 


received 

trembling 

napkins 

feather 

surprise 

parcel 

express 

valuable 

happy 

freight 

weight 

wagon 

immigrant 

subway 

explain 

easy 

baggage 

cling 

umbrella 

subway 

busy 

pictures 

cheap 

building 

things 

Pennsylvania 

trunks 

taxicab 

bother 

lunch 

packages 

suitcase 

afraid 

watch 

everything 

traveler 

stared 

dressed 

keep 



The other day when I went to meet my father who had just 
come to America from the old country, I received a great sur¬ 
prise. He had brought my mother and the rest of the family 
with him. I was so happy I did not know what to do. He had 
heard that the laws about immigrants were being changed and 
wanted to be sure to get here before the new law went into 
effect. He had some money with him, of course, and he also had 
a lot of baggage. None of my family could speak any English. 
As a result I had to get busy and get them home with me. 

You should see the things they had with them! They had 
trunks, bags, packages, everything that they had had in the old 
country and that they wanted to keep. They even had a big 
feather bed! You know everyone has one of them over there and 
they think it is very valuable. I told my mother that they were not 
used over here very much, and that we would not need it. So 
we gave it to a Salvation army man on a wagon. He will give it 
to some poor family, I suppose. I did not want to bother with it. 
Then I left them for a few minutes and went out to buy a trunk. 
I did not pay much for this as I bought one that had been used. 
The man wanted ten dollars for it but I got it for seven dollars. 
I believe it is easier to save three dollars than to earn it. We put 
most of the small packages into this trunk so that we would not 
have so much to carry on the train. 

42 


My mother and father and the whole family were afraid 
when we went down into the subway. They had never seen these 
in Poland. They stood still and stared when they saw the big 
buildings in the city. They trembled when they saw the taxi¬ 
cabs come dashing towards them. The big trucks made them take 
hold of my arm for these were so heavy and went so fast that 
they were afraid that the driver would lost control of them. 
They were afraid of the crowds, and were clinging to my coat. 
You see, they had never been in a big city before and now were 
seeing for the first time, the things they had been told about over 
there. They had seen pictures of some of these things, but a pic¬ 
ture does not mean much if you cannot read what it is about. 
They asked me if all of America was like this, and I told them 
that there was only one New York and where we were going to, 
over in Jersey we would be on a little farm where it would be 
quieter. Of course some of the people looked at them for one 
could see that they had just come to America. 

At last, however, we came to the Pennsylvania Station. We 
went into a little place for lunch. This was another surprise 
for them for they had never seen a lunch room or a restaurant 
where everything was pure white and clean. They wanted to 
etand and watch the man who was standing in the window, 
dressed in white and making “griddle cakes”. Then they were 
surprised at the paper napkins and the quiet way in which hun¬ 
dreds of people came into the lunchroom, gave their orders, fin¬ 
ished their meals, and went out. No noise, no fuss, no drinking of 
wine or beer, and no singing or dancing. Then back to the sta¬ 
tion we went, mother and all wanting to see my home and to see 
what America is like outside of New York, 

We went into the waiting room and I told them to wait there 
for me. I took my father with me for I wanted to show him the 
way to do things in this country. First I looked at my time 
table and found out what time the train would leave for Trenton. 
Then we bought our tickets, counted our change, and put them 
into our pockets. Then I went over to the information clerk and 
asked him about our baggage. He told us to go over to the place 
where it said “Baggage Room”. This man asked me where the 
trunks were. I told him where we had left them, and soon an 


43 


express man went after them. In an hour he came back with our 
trunks. We paid him for bringing them. The baggage man then 
looked at our tickets and weighed our trunks. One of them was 
not very heavy so we did not have to pay anything extra on it. 
The other weighed about two hundred pounds and we had to pay 
something—I think we paid a quarter. He then told me that it 
did not cost anything to take a trunk along if it did not weigh 
more than one hundred and fifty pounds. All we have to do is 
to show our ticket to the baggage man. He then puts a tag on 
the trunk and gives us another tag with the same number on it. 
Then we leave the trunk to them. They put it on a train that is 
going to the same station and when we get off the train the trunk 
is there, too. We give the baggage man here our check, he finds 
the trunk that has the same number and gives ih to us. We get an 
Express man to bring it home or we come and get it ourselves. 
The railroad company has to pay for it if it is lost or broken, so 
they have to be careful. 

While we were waiting for the man to bring our trunk to us 
we looked around in the station. It was all new to the family and 
I had to explain it all to them. First the Information window 
where they tell you where to go and how to get there. Then 
comes the baggage room where they check your trunk to your 
station when you show them your ticket. Then we come to the 
telegraph office, the telephone room, and then to the parcel room. 
I told them all about this room where you can leave your pack¬ 
ages, your umbrella, or your suitcase while you go to the stores 
or while you are in the city. You pay them ten cents a day for 
taking care of your parcels. They put a tag on your package and 
give you another with the same number on it. You give them 
your number when you come back and they get your package 
for you. 

The freight and express offices are also in the buildings. 
From these offices you can send anything to any part of the 
world where there is a train or a boat. If you want to send a 
box to Chicago you can send it by freight or by express. Freight 
is slower and cheaper. Express is quick and costs more. Both 
ways are safe. The express will be delivered at your door for 
you. The “Traveller’s Aid” desk also interested them, for they 


44 


know now that they can get help if they come to the city alone 
and do not know what to do. They help you when you are in 
trouble and need help of any kind. Always ask them to tell 
you where to go or what to do if you are in trouble in a station. 

At last we were on the train. My little brother fell asleep 
and my father and mother sat and looked out of the windows, 
eager and glad to see that America was not all a big New York. 

1. What ship did you come to America on? 

2. What did you think of when you first came into New 

York? 

3. Did your friends meet you at the boat? 

4. Did you come over alone? Is your family coming later? 

5. Have you ever seen a whole family of immigrants 

coming here ? 

6. What were they carrying? 

7. What is the subway? 

8. What is a taxicab ? 

9. Why do we use paper napkins in lunchrooms ? 

10. What is a waiting room for? 

11. How do you check your baggage ? 

12. Why do you check your baggage ? 

13. How do you get your baggage later at your home 

station ? 

14. Is the parcel room the same as the baggage room? 

15. What is the difference between freight and express? 

16. Which way would you send a box of eggs, by freight 

or by express? 

17. Which way w r ould you send a box of books or papers? 

18. What is the Traveler’s Aid desk for? 

19. Do you have to pay them anything for help? 

20. Who will help your mother or your sister if they come 

to a big city alone and do not know what to do? 

21. Why should your mother or sister ask the lady at the 

Traveler’s Aid desk to tell them a good Hotel to 
stay at while in the city? 

22. Why is it better for the immigrant to go into the country 

instead of staying in the city? 

Instead of blanks in this lesson tell about your coming to 
New York. This is for practice in speaking correctly. Tell 
about the station. Try to write a little story about the station 
or about your coming to New York. 

45 


LESSON XIV 


“A bad promise is better broken than kept.” 

THE TELEPHONE 


telephone alphabet 

business injure 


number operator 

polite questions 

smile difficult 

necessary temper 

purpose trouble 

doctor receiver 

information 


explain invented 

emergency social 


party reason 

answer talk 


central transact 

remember mistake 


thunder shower 


The telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell, an 
American. It has become necessary to us in business and social 
life. There are very few business houses and very few homes 
that do not have one or more telephones. They are used for 
every purpose. 

If a man has an appointment with another man and cannot 
be there he telephones and explains his reasons. If you want to 
find out if a man is at home you can telephone to him. If you 
need a doctor, a fireman or a policeman, simply say “emergency” 
to the telephone operator and you will have the party almost 
instantly. To telephone is to talk over wires. You can talk from 
New York to California, or from Maine to Arizona. Business of 
all sorts is carried over the wires for it saves time. To send a 
letter to New York from Chicago takes about a day and it is 
another half day before it is delivered. In a telegram you can 
put only a few words, and then you must wait for an answer. 
To telephone, you simply tell the operator the number you want. 
In a short time your party is talking to you. You can transact 
your business as you wish. You can ask the man questions and 
hear his answers. There is no mistake and no delay. The wire¬ 
less telephone is not yet fully developed but they are using it in 
the army and navy. In this way they can talk and it can be 
heard a thousand miles away and no wires are used. 

It is not difficult to use a telephone. Just take the receiver 
off the hook and wait for Central to say “number, please.” Then 


46 


tell the operator the number you want and in a few minutes you 
will hear your party say “hello”. Then you can go on talking. 
If Central does not answer, do not lose your temper. Remember 
that there are a good many people who have telephones and that 
the operator can only answer one at a time. If you always 
remember this and are always polite when talking over the phone 
you will have far less trouble. If Central does not answer when 
you ring the second time, try to move the receiver hook up and 
down a few times, slowly. When Central says that “the line is 
busy,” she means that the party you want is talking to someone 
else and that you will have to wait till they are through talking 
before she can get them for you. The only thing to do is to hang 
up the receiver and try again after a few moments. If central 
says, “They don’t answer” she means that they are not at home, 
that they do not hear the telephone bell ring, or that they are too 
busy to answer. In this case you can only wait and call again 
later on. 

To find a man’s telephone number, you have to look in a 
book called a “Directory.” In this book the names are listed in 
order. The men whose names begin with an “A” come first in 
the book, then “B’s” and so on through the alphabet. On the 
top of the page you will find names with the first letters that are 
on that page. Look along these until you come to the one near 
the one you want. Then look along this row till you find the 
name you are looking for and in the same row you will find the 
number. This is the number you give to the central. If you can 
not find the number, ask central to give you “Information,” and 
tell “Information” the man’s name and address that you want. 
She will try to find it for you. Do not ask “Information” for 
help unless you are unable to find the name for yourself, for it 
means more work for her. 

Do not use the telephone during a thunder shower. It may 
injure you and the operator. 

Do not swear over the telephone. The telephone is more or 
less public and you are apt to be arrested. If you are using your 
own telephone they may take it out for this reason. 

Do not discuss matters that are secret over the telephone. 
Remember that someone may hear what you say. 

47 


Try to smile when you talk into the telephone. It will al¬ 
ways get better results. 

Do not blame the operator if your party does not answer. 
It is very often not her fault. 

Be sure and put the receiver back on the hook when you are 
through talking. 

Do not be a telephone “hog”. Remember that someone else 
had paid to use the line, too. If all the family uses the telephone 
to carry on long conversations, the others on the line are being 
kept from their chance. It is not a plaything, but a convenience. 

Do not listen to the other fellow’s conversation. If you hear 
someone else on the line, hang up the receiver and wait. 

If you want to send a telegram, call for Central and ask them 
to get you “Western Union.” You can pay for the telegram in 
the coin box, or have it put on your telephone bill. 

Remember that the operators are all human and that they are 
doing what they can for you. Don’t get cross until you are sure 
that you are right, then hang up and try again. Any one can be 
brave enough to get angry at a person that they cannot see or 
reach. 

1. Who invented the telephone? What does invented 

mean? 

2. For what do we use the telephone ? 

3. Have you ever talked through the telephone? 

4. How do you find the number that you want ? 

5. What do you call the telephone book that has all the 

numbers in it? 

6. After you have found the number how do you get 

Central ? 

7. To what places can you telephone ? 

8. Do you always get the number you w~ant at once? 

9. Why are there sometimes delays in getting the number? 

10. Is Central always at fault if the party does not answer? 

11. What does it mean when the operator says, “Line is 

busy?” 


48 


12. What does it mean when she says, “They don’t 

answer?” 

13. What does she mean when she says, “Waiting?” 

What do you do in each of these cases? 

14. How do you send a telegram by phone? 

15. Give four “don’ts” that are to be remembered when 

telephoning. 

16. Give three “do’s” that are to be remembered when 

telephoning. 


Dramatize this lesson by having two men represent men who 
have telephones, one who is doing the calling and one who is 
being called. Have them carry on a conversation holding some¬ 
thing as if it were the receiver and the mouthpiece. Have the 
third man acting as central. The central can be stationed in 
another part of the room. Have another man call central and 
send a telegram. Have a third man look up a number and wait¬ 
ing for the first man to finish. Try to have them ask for the 
number with a “please”. Have the central say “number” and 
have him repeat it. If there are telephones convenient, let the 
men have a practical demonstration. Explain about the toll calls, 
and how the calls are paid for. Watch the vocabulary used. 


The telephone was invented by an. His name 

was. If you need a.or a.or a., 

you can telephone for him. It is not.to use a telephone. 

Take the receiver off the.and ask for the number. 

Then.will get you the number. If she says “The line 

is busy” you must wait a. If she says, “They don’t 

.you must try again later. The numbers are in a big 

. This book is called a. If you cannot find 

the man’s name in the.. ask for. 

Do not use a telephone during a thunder.Do not 

blame the.if your party does not answer. It may not 

be her. Be sure to hang up the.when through 

talking. 


49 




















I want to use the telephone. 

You want to use the telephone. Have men supply the plurals. 
He wants to use the telephone. 

I have talked with MY friend over the telephone. 

You have talked with YOUR friend over the telephone. 

He has talked with HIS friend over the telephone. 

Have men supply the plurals. 

Discuss: Development of radio, broadcasting, 
sending photos by wireless, etc. 


50 


LESSON XV 


‘ 4 Hitch your wagon to a star. ’ ’ 

SPELLING REVIEW 


application 

piece 

some 

policeman 

bottom 

strong 

opposite 

afraid 

receipt 

direct 

throw 

fireman 

blame 

drives 

know 

can 

clerk 

much 

order 

crowd 

back 

help 

too 

stand 

steals 

found 

need 

has 

best 

shut 

arrest 

well 

book 

soon 

open 

spend 

numbers 

keep 

sick 

save 

seek 

carry 

dollars 

saw 

work 

envelope 

years 

who 

every 

reads 

easy 

takes 

put 

lost 

sent 

friend 

wrote 

duty 

stamp 

traffic 


hurt 

danger 

stops 

check 

danger 

date 

see 

middle 

where 

twenty 

away 

sign 

lost 

careful 

street 

crossing 

bank 

slow 

name 

engine 

there 

listen 

need 

curve 

hundred 

wide 

lose 

safety 

fifty 

use 

earn 

corner 

your 

next 

brother 

change 

called 

danger 

first 

drove 

other 

same 

line 

railroad 

keep 

track 

yesterday 

someone 

drive 

long 

bridge 

narrow 

crossing 

right 

pleasant 


every 


short 



51 


LESSON XVI 


“Knowledge is power.” 

FIRE! 

alarm anyone hook 

fire sight cool 

matter location excited 

Turn in an alarm, no matter how small the fire may be. Call 
anyone in sight to help put it out. Get to the nearest fire alarm 
box that there is. Turn in the alarm. Stay there to tell the fire¬ 
men just where the fire is so that they will not lose time in hunt¬ 
ing for it. Do not wait until the fire is burning too briskly for 
you to put it out. GET THAT ALARM IN AT ONCE. If you 
have a telephone, ask the operator to give you the fire station 
and say to her “EMERGENCY”. Tell the fireman that answers 
the telephone where the fire is, then meet them at the corner of 
the street. Don’t get excited. Try to keep cool, and remember 
that unless it is too big a fire the firemen will soon have it out 
for you. Do not shout “fire!” Use your sense. Tell your wife 
or someone in the house to do what they can, then go to the 


alarm box. 





HOW TO FIGHT A FIRE. 


fight 

valuable 

Pyrene 

extinguishers 

close 

openings 

property 

quickly 

drafts 

windows 

firepails 

damage 

water lines 

possible 

chemicals 



If your house should catch fire, turn in the alarm, then leave 
someone to tell the fireman just where it is. Then go back to 
help do all that you can. First close all drafts. Close the doors, 
windows, and all other openings, so that there is no w T ind or fresh 
air to help the fire spread. Use pump tanks, water pails and 
waterlines as quickly as you can. Always have a pail of water 
somewhere for FIRE ONLY. If you have to use the pail for 
anything, be sure that it is filled up before you leave it. In a 


52 


ismall home or on a farm, keep a fire extinguisher at all times 
They are not expensive and may save the house. The Pyrene 
extinguishers are good, do not cost much, and can be hung up in 
a very small place. Teach the children to let it alone. Teach 
the children how to use it in case there should be a fire when 
they are alone. Always have some sort of an extinguisher in the 
house or garage. They do not cost anything to keep and if you 
do not have to use it you will still feel safe. No one is ever safe 
from fire. 

Throw the water or direct the chemical at the base of the 
fire. It does not do any good to throw water on the top of the 
blaze. The bottom is where you will put the fire out. Do not 
throw water on a fire that is spreading from an electric wire. 
You may be severely burned. Use Pyrene or some other chemi¬ 
cal. Remember that it does not pay to waste the water or chemi¬ 
cal. One pailful of water at the right place is better than twenty 
pailsful all around the fire. Look where the water should be 
thrown. Try to save as much valuable property as you can. Do 
not throw water on valuable paintings in order to keep the fire 
from burning them. Try to keep the damage as low as possible. 
Save your insurance papers, your house deeds, and your family 
records and jewels. The furniture and the baby carriage can be 
replaced. Try not to get excited. Remember that the firemen 
will be there soon, and that when they come they will soon have 
the fire out. Remember that throwing a Morris chair or a big 
mirror out the third story window is more apt to destroy it than 
the fire is. Be sure that the people are all out of the house if it 
threatens to become serious. Get the children out of the house 
as soon as you see the fire. Save them before you attempt to 
save the household effects. If you have used your chemical 
extinguisher, see that it is refilled at once. 


53 


LESSON XVII 


“Diligence is the mother of good luck.” 

FIRE PREVENTION (I) 


gasoline 

redhot 

building 


cleaning 

chimney 

attic 


ashes 


butt 

waste paper 

kerosene 

stoves 

heat 

fighting 


cigarette 
matches 
oily rags 


near 

cigar 

mice 


prevent 

careless 


Most of the fires are not necessary. They are usually started 
by someone’s carelessness. Many men go to bed and lie there 
reading and smoking. They drop some hot ashes from the pipe 
or cigarette and these smoulder for a long time. Very often 
after several hours they may flare up and become serious fires. 
Sometimes the man falls asleep with a cigar, a pipe or a lighted 
cigarette in his hand. It falls into the bed when he smoves and a 
fire is started. If a man is staying with you and he smokes in bed 
or while lying down, make him stop the habit or get out. You 
cannot afford to take the chance of a fire. A fire may smoulder 
in a cushion or a mattress for a long time before there is any 
flame to be seen. After the bed is afire it is too late to make him 
stop smoking. 

See that the stove is not in a place where it will start a fire 
if it gets redhot. Stoves, when overheated, get redhot. If they 
are too near the wall, or if the wood box is too near, there is 
danger that these will catch fire. Do not hang clothes behind the 
stove to dry unless you are staying in the kitchen. Do not go 
out of the room and leave them there near the stove. Don’t put 
papers or boxes on top of the stove. You may light the fire and 
forget that you have papers on the stove. When you come into 
that room again you will find a blaze. 

Do not use kerosene or gasolene to light a fire with. Never 
put gasolene or kerosene on a coal fire that you think has gone 
out. There may be a little spark or a coal may be glowing under 
the ashes and out of sight. If there is you may say goodbye to 


54 


your eyes or to the house, for the oil will flare up in an instant 
like a rocket. If you have thin clothes on, they will be lighted 
and there is a chance of serious danger. Do not keep kerosene or 
gasoline in the house. Somone may make a mistake and put it 
into the stove or get it near the gas flame. If kerosene should 
get afire and run along the floor, do not pour water on it. The 
water will make it spread. Try to smother the fire with rugs, or 
heavy coats. Use sand if you have it near. 

When throwing out ashes be sure that they are cool. Do not 
keep them in a wooden box or barrel. Do not keep waste paper 
or empty boxes in the ash can. They may catch fire after you 
have left the house. Keep your ashes in a tin or galvanized can. 

A cigarette butt will burn until it is all destroyed. If you 
throw it into the wastebasket you may be sure that something 
will happen very shortly. Do not leave the cigarette or cigar 
lying on the table while you go to get a drink or answer the 
telephone. It may destroy everything on your desk and in the 
office before you get back. Make the men who are with you in 
the office or in the home, put their “butts” in an ash receiver 
when they lay them down. Do the same when you are in their 
office or home. Live ashes often drop from a cigarette or from 
a pipe onto the floor. In a few minutes the rug or carpet will be 
destroyed and an alarm may have to be turned in. If you throw 
cigars, cigarettes, or matches away, be sure that they are out 
first. 

Never throw anything out of an automobile or a train that 
may start a fire. Thousands of acres may be burned and many 
thousands of dollars lost by this carelessness. In New Jersey last 
year, seven thousand acres of woods were burned in this way; 
someone was careless. Remember that a fire is easily started. 
You have no right to put the other man’s property in danger 
because you are too careless to put out your “butt” before throw¬ 
ing it away. Do not take chances. It does not pay. 

Do not keep matches loose around the house. The mice are 
apt to get into them and cause them to light. Oily rags, paper, 
and piles of old clothes are also apt to get afire if left too long 
and allowed to become heated. Do not keep the old papers in 
the attic. It is too dangerous. 


55 


Almost every fire is unnecessary. They start from over¬ 
heated stoves, using oil to start the fire with, from leaving the 
matches where the children can get them, leaving piles of paper 
and oily rags where they can generate heat enough to light them¬ 
selves, throwing lighted cigar and cigarette stubs on the floor or 
into the waste basket. Smoking in bed, or smoking while lying 
on the couch causes hundreds of fires every year. 

Do not ever be the cause of a fire, for it may result in some 
one being burned to death, in someone’s home burned down, or 
someone may lose all that he has been able to save. It is easy to 
prevent most of the fires, but it is not easy to prevent loss after 
the fire has started. 

Note—Look up the local fire report for the last few years. 
Look up the forest fires, and such conflagrations as the Chicago 
fire and the fire in Salem, Mass. Tell about fires that you know 
of that have been raised by carelessness. 


56 


CAUSES OF DESTRUCTIVE FIRES IN THE U. S. 


CAUSES 


LOSS 


Matches-smoking $25,992,033.00 
Spontaneous com- 

tion 20,186,392.00 

Defective chimneys 14,801,581.00 
Stoves, boilers, 

pipes, etc. 13,910,531.00 

Electricity 12,723,209.00 

Lightning 12,353,222.00 

Sparks on roofs 11,458,220.00 
Rubbish and litter 1,235,319.00 
Steam and hot 

water pipes 191,771.00 

Sparks from ma¬ 
chinery 6,972,928.00 

Other known causes 7,775,196.00 


CAUSES 
Hot ashes, coals, 
open fires 
Open lights 
Incendiarism 
Artificial gas 
Explosions 
Ignition of hot 
grease, oil, etc. 
Petroleum 
Fireworks, fire, 
crackers, etc. 
Conflagrations 
Sparks from 
combustion 


LOSS 

$4,327,268.00 

2,831,116.00 

2,488,976.00 

2,213,440.00 

1,980,274.00 

1,597,851.00 

9,420,343.00 

573,595.00 

62,912,566.00 

4,854,771.00 


The total fire loss of the U. S. in 1922 is estimated by the 
Journal of Commerce as $410,889,350.00. 

(The above table is copied from the World Almanac for 
1924.) 


57 


LESSON XVIII 


“What is worth doing is worth doing well." 


FIRE PREVENTION (II) 


prevention accident 

waste loss 

necessary unnecessary 
careful fire-escape 

chimney safety 


carelessness property 
insurance damage 

rubbish cellar 


extinguisher furnace 
grease kerosene 


The most of the fires that occur are results of carelessness. 
Fires do not start without some cause. Carelessness causes many 
fires. Ignorance cause fires. Negligence causes many fires also. 
In many countries property owners are tried in court when a 
fire occurs. If that were done here we would have fewer fires. 

Loss by fire means a loss to everyone. It means an extra tax 
on industry, property, and life. We do not often think about how 
the loss is made up. Suppose for instance that a store burns up. 
In this store is a great deal of clothing. This was made in a fac¬ 
tory that had to be insured. It was insured on the trains, and 
in the trucks that delivered it. It was also insured in the clothing 
store, and in the tailor shop. Every one of these items were in¬ 
cluded in the final price that the purchaser paid. Each one of 
us had to pay our share for this insurance. At least ten policies 
were written on the material from the time it was first started 
until we bought the clothes Each of these policies cost money. 
We have to pay for them as the man who handles the goods does 
not pay for the insurance out of his net profits. 

The loss by fire in this country is over two hundred 
and fifty million dollars a year. This is about $30,000 
each hour or $500.00 a minute. To this must be added 
as much again to pay for the keeping up of fire 
departments. The amount lost each year by fire is more than 
the value of the cotton raised in the country each year. The 
amount lost by fire each year is more than the total cost of the 
U. S. Postal Service. Besides the loss in property, thousands of 


58 


lives are lost annually in fires. In Europe the fire loss per person 
is less than one-seventh of the loss in this country. 

There are several reasons for this enormous loss by fire. In 
summer, the heat makes everything dry and more easily lit. In 
the winter we have to build more fires in the houses to keep us 
warm. Cigarette smokers cause millions of dollars of loss be¬ 
cause of throwing away the “butts”. These continue to burn 
until they are completely destroyed. If they happen to fall on 
anything that is dry or that will burn, a fire is started. People 
are also very careless in the use of oil, kerosene, gasolene, wool 
rags, waste, etc. 

More than half of the fires that occur in this country are 
unnecessary. Are we careful on the Fourth of July? Are we 
careful with the candles on the Christmas trees? Have we a fire 
extinguisher in the house? Have we looked at the condition of 
our cellars, our attic, or our garage ? By observing the following 
rules, our homes, places of business, and families 9 lives may be 
saved from destruction. 

The Cellar. 

1. Clean up the rubbish. Do not let it accumulate in piles. 

2. Have the chimney cleaned at least once each year. In¬ 
spect the flues and pipes of all stoves and furnaces 
before starting the fire for the winter. 

3. Never put hot ashes, oily rags or waste in wooden boxe3 
or barrels. Use a metal container with a tight cover. 

4. Gasolene, benzine, kerosene, etc. should never be kept 
about the house except in very small quantities. These 
should always be kept in safety containers. 

5. Never look for a leak in the gas pipe with a lighted 
match. 

6. Do not let the furnace or stove become overheated. 

The Kitchen 

1. Use safety matches always. Keep them in a covered 
metal box. 

2. Keep matches away from the children. 

3. See that the stove pipe fits tightly. See that it does not 
rust through. 


59 


4. If meat catches fire in the gas oven, shut off the gas and 
throw salt on the fire. This will put out the blaze and 
will not spoil the meat. 

5. Fill all lamps and lanterns in the day time. Do not fill 
them when they are lighted. 

6. Don’t put greasy rags under the sink. Put them in a 
metal can. 

7. Look out for stove polishes. Many of them will explode 
or burn when they are put on hot surfaces. 

8. Don’t keep the oil can near the stove.. Be sure that the 
oil can does not leak. 

Other parts of the home. 

1. Keep the matches away from the children. Nine children 
between the ages of two and eight were burned to death 
in Boston during two months time by playing with 
matches. 

2. Don’t take a lighted match or lamp into a closet. Use 
an electric flash light. 

3. Have screens in front of all fire places. Cover up the fire 

in the fireplace before retiring. 

4. Use metal waste baskets. 

5. Have the electric wires looked over at least every six 
months. A bare wire may start a fire at any time. 

6. Keep a fire extinguisher on each floor of the house. 

7. Insure your property with a reliable concern. 

Other precautions 

1. Don’t burn rubbish or paper without using proper pre¬ 
cautions. In most places an official permit to build a 
fire is necessary. Don’t set fire to the grass in a field or 
lawn. Rake it up and take it to the nearest public dump. 

2. Don’t use kerosene to start or to hurry up a fire in the 
stove. 

3. Never fill a stove, lantern or kerosene heater while it is 
burning. 

4. Don’t fill the lamp too full. Allow room for expansion 
of the air. 


60 


5. Be sure that the wick is turned down when you light the 
lamp. After it has burned a minute, turn it up to the 
desired height. 

6. Don’t allow the floor around the oil can to become satur¬ 
ated. Burn the cloths that have been used to wipe up 
kerosene. 

7. Don’t smoke in bed or lying down. Extinguish matches, 
cigars and cigarettes before you throw them away. Do 
not throw the burning “butts” out of open windows in 
your house, or from trains, autos or teams. 

8. When thawing pipes use hot water and rags instead of 
open flames. 

9. Shut off the motor when putting gasolene into the tank 
of your auto. A spark from the muffler may cause a 
serious explosion. 

10. Don’t let oily rags accumulate about the garage. 

11. Don’t heat the garage with stoves or open heaters. The 
fumes from the evaporating gasolene may explode. 

12. Keep a pail of sand in the garage. Throw this on a fire 
if it starts. Water thrown on burning oil spreads it. 

1. Is there rubbish such as old paper, old clothes, rugs, etc., 
piled up in your attic? 

2. Are the floors under the stoves protected by asbestos or 
metal? 

3. Are the walls and partitions protected from overheating ? 

4. How do you dispose of your ashes? 

5. Do you use wooden boxes or barrels for your ashes? 

6. Are the matches kept in metal boxes? 

7. Are the matches kept away from the children ? 

8. How is the roof apt to catch fire? 

9. Why should the chimneys be kept in good repair? 

10. Do the stove pipes pass through closets, partitions, or the 
attic ? 

11. Are there any unused stove-pipe holes? How are they 

covered? Why? 

12. Do you keep gasolene or kerosene in the house? Why? 

13. How is your house heated? 


61 


14. Have you a fire extinguisher in the home? Does 
every member of the family how how to operate it? 

15. Do you know the location of the fire box nearest your 
home? 

16. Do you know how to ring in an alarm ? 

FIRE WASTE 

According to the Institute of Public Service of New York, 
one city dwelling is destroyed somewhere in the United States by 
fire every four minutes. Farm buildings are destroyed by fire at 
the rate of one every seven minutes. One hospital, five churches, 
and five school houses are burned down every day. 

Every day also forty-one persons lose their lives and forty- 
seven are injured by fire. 

The prosperity of a country depends as much on the amount 
of needless waste as upon its accumulated wealth. 


62 


LESSON XIX 


“A little neglect may breed great mischief.” 


PUBLIC PARKS. 


public peanuts 

enjoy garden 

expenses pleasure 

benefit nothing 

flowers parks 


noise 

clear 

pleasant 

animals 

branches 

pretty 

controlled 


taxes 


benches 

stuffy 

evening 

charge 

lawn 


women collect 

family pond 


visit 


A public park means a pretty place in a city where every 
one can go to enjoy himself when he is tired. Most cities have 
one or more parks. These parks are controlled by the city and 
the city pays the expenses. The city gets the money when it 
collects the taxes from the people. 

The parks have pretty trees and flowers in them. There are 
paths and little walks around about, and many of the parks have 
a pond or a small lake. In these ponds or lakes there are boats 
that the people can take for rowing. In the winter the people 
can go skating on the ponds. 

Under the trees, around the ponds, and along the paths there 
are many benches. The men can come here to sit down to read 
the papers or to sit and smoke and be away from the noise and 
the traffic of the city. Here, too, the women can come to read 
and sew, or talk, while the children are playing on the grass or 
sleeping in their carriages. 

Everyone can enjoy the sun, the fresh air, and the quiet. 
There is little noise in the parks, except the children laughing at 
their play or the birds singing in the trees. It is like coming into 
a fairy land after living in the hot stuffy city on a sweltering 
day. In the evenings you can see many people walking about in 
the park doing nothing except enjoying the clear, fresh air of 
the park before going to their homes to sleep. 


63 


Many young couples go to the park for an evening stroll after 
the movies or after they have been working hard in an office or 
store. Many older people go to the parks with their families, to 
spend a pleasant evening together. 

In the daytime hundreds of people eat their lunches in the 
parks, spending their noon hour in the fresh air instead of in the 
hot, dusty mill or the stuffy office. At all times there are many 
people of all ages who are taking advantage of the pleasant and 
pretty place that the city is giving to them. 

The public parks are free. There is no charge to enter them 
and there is no one to pay for the seats or for the sunshine and 
fresh air. The rich and poor alike can see and enjoy nature in 
these places and can forget for a while the hard work and the 
troubles of the day. The flowers can be looked at and enjoyed. 
The trees can be admired for their foliage and for the welcome 
shade. The birds and the animals can be watched for amuse¬ 
ment and interest. 

No one asks who you are or for what purpose you are in the 
park. No one cares whether you have a check book in your 
pocket, whether you have an automobile outside waiting for you, 
or whether your bag of peanuts is your whole dinner. All that is 
expected of you is that you enjoy yourself as much as you can. 
They expect that you will not pick the flowers, for if you do, 
then the next man cannot have them to look at and enjoy. You 
are not expected to dig up the grass nor break off branches from 
the bushes because the leaves will look well on a shelf, at home. 
Your newspapers and lunch boxes are to be thrown into the cans 
or boxes provided for waste. Your dog is supposed to be led by 
a rope or chain so that he will not bother anyone who does not 
want a dog around. Also if your dog is let loose he might dig 
up the ground around the flowers and annoy the animals in the 
cages that are kept there for the children as well as for the older 
people. 

The public park belongs to the whole city just as your yard 
or garden belongs to you. If you have pretty flowers or shade 
trees, or a big lawn, you like to have people stop and admire it, 
and to rest in the shade. But you do not want them to pick your 
flowers, dig up the grass, or break off branches from the shrubs. 


64 


There is only one thing to remember about the public park. 
It is the garden or the front yard of the city for every one to 
enjoy. Do your part to keep it looking well and help the city to 
see that everyone else does too. Keep it clean and pretty and 
help to keep it safe for your mother and sister. You will be 
pleased in knowing that you have done your part to help keep up 
a park that is a real pleasure and benefit to all the people who 
live in your city or who visit there. 

1. Is there a public park in your city? 

2. Where is the park? Where is the nearest park? 

3. Have you ever been to this park? 

4. Do you go to the park alone or do you take someone 

with you? 

5. What do you see in the park? 

6. Who pays for all this? 

7. Where does the city get the money to pay for it? 

8. What do you enjoy most in the park that you go to? 

9. Do you meet your friends in the park? 

10. Where are the benches placed? 

11. What do they have the ponds for? 

12. Why are dogs not allowed to run loose in the park? 

13. Why do they have boxes or cans for the papers and 

lunch boxes? 

14. Do you have a pretty yard or garden at your home ? 

15. How do you expect people to treat your yard or lawn? 

16. Why should all of us help to keep the park clean? 

17. Why should all of us help to keep the park safe? 

Write a story telling about the park that is in the city near 
to your home. 

Tell about some park that you have visited. This park may 
be in America or in some foreign land. Study the vocabulary, 
and try to include this in the writing of the story about the park. 

A public.is a kind of.It is paid for by the _ 

In the park there are., ponds, and. In the 

winter the people.on the ponds. In the summer they 

can.on the ponds. 


65 








Everyone can enjoy the., the flowers and the. 

The children can play on the. In the evening many people 

.in the park. Many young.go to the park for 

a. Do not.the flowers, dig up the. 

or break off.from the bushes. Remember that the public 

park is like your own. Do your part in keeping the 

park.and. 


clean 

dirty 

clean 

neat 

pcuis 

large 

pleasant 

pretty 

hurt 

help 

help 

assist 

throw 

pick up 

remember 

don’t forget 

Sunday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 


Thursday Friday Saturday 


Review verb forms, applying the various forms to sentence* 
used in connection with this lesson. 


66 














THE PLEDGE OF THE ATHENIAN YOUTHS 

(Long ago, in Athens, Greece, the boys were taught the 
pledge. They repeated it daily, believed in it, and tried to live by 
it. Fathers taught it to their sons who, in turn, taught it to 
their own boys.) 


THE PLEDGE 

“We will never bring disgrace to this our city, by any act of 
dishonesty or cowardice, nor ever desert our comrades; we will 
fight for the ideals and sacred things of the city, both alone and 
with many; we will revere and obey the city laws, and do our best 
to incite a like respect and reverence in others; we will strive 
unceasingly to quicken the public’s sense of civic duty; that thus 
in all these ways, we may transmit this city, greater, better, and 
more beautiful than it was transmitted to us.” 


67 


LESSON XX 


“Health is the first wealth.” 

CLEAN UP WEEK 

It is nearly always our own fault if we are sick. Sometimes 
we “catch” a sickness. This is not our fault always. But if we 
are not careful about our houses and our bodies we will catch 
these sicknesses much more easily. Then if we get sick it is our 
fault. 

Dirt is the cause of many sicknesses. If we can get rid of the 
dirt we have a better chance to keep well. Let us look at a few 
facts about some of the most common of the diseases, and then 
see what we can do to prevent them. Every city has a “clean up 
week”. During this week it is the duty of every family to clean 
up all around its home. After the reading of' this lesson you will 
see why a clean up week is of great value. 

TYPHOID FEVER 

Every year, about 250,000 people in the United States may 
expect to become ill with typhoid fever. Of these about 25,000 
will die. You are apt to be one of these if you do not take more 
than the ordinary care of yourself. Typhoid fever means that 
you will be unable to work for at least two months, besides the 
expense and the worry. What if there is a family who are de¬ 
pending on you? Can you afford to take the chance of this dis¬ 
ease when it can be avoided? 

Typhoid fever is a disease that is brought about by a small 
germ. These germs are so small that they can be seen only with 
a miscroscope. You can see them moving about in all directions. 

These germs get into the body in many ways. Many typhoid 
epidemics are the results of impure water. Most cities now have 
the water filtered so that the typhoid germs are killed and re¬ 
moved before the water gets to our faucets. Every citizen has 
the right to demand a pure supply of drinking water. 

Typhoid fever is also often caused by eating foods that are not 
properly cleaned or cooked. Typhoid fever has often been traced 


68 


to oysters that were fattened in polluted streams, or to food that 
had been cooked in impure water. Care should always be taken 
in preparing salads, lettuce and celery for the table. 

The fly is one of the greatest causers of typhoid fever. 
Every one knows that the fly lives in filth. The body of a dead 
animal, decayed meat, the manure pile, and the back yard are its 
favorite homes. From these places it comes into the house and 
crawls about on our food and into our milk on the table. 

Typhoid fever may also be spread or contracted by the one 
taking care of the person who is sick with the disease. Care 
should always be taken to see that the hands are washed before 
trouching anything that may be eaten or handled by anyone in 
the house. Care should also be taken to see that all discharges 
from the patient are properly sterilized with chloride of lime 
and buried. 

Now that we know some of the ways by which we may gel 
typhoid fever, let us see how we can prevent the disease. First, 
all who have this disease should see that it is reported to the health 
officer. This officer can see that it is not carried or spread to 
others. 

Next, we MUST kill the germs by mixing the waste or the 
refuse from the typhoid patient with carbolic acid or with 
chloride of lime as the health officer shall direct. This is neces¬ 
sary to protect the rest of the family in the house or in the 
neighborhood. 

Third, the flies must be killed. Swat every fly that you see 
in the house or at rest anywhere. Clean up places where they 
may breed and burn up the piles of refuse in the yards. 

A single fly usually lays about a hundred eggs at a time. 
The eggs are laid in the cracks in the manure pile, or in the waste, 
several of the females usually laying their eggs in the same place. 
They hatch in less than twenty-four hours. The maggots which 
come from the eggs are very small and are transparent. In ten 
to twelve days they are ready to fly. In the middle of summer, 
a new generation would be started every eleven to fourteen days. 

Most of the flies are killed in the winter by a single cold 


69 


night. Many of them, however, live through the winter in the 
warm places of the house. If they have no warm places nor any 
food, they will all be killed, but if they have a chance to get at 
food and a warm place to breed in, they will live through the 
winter and be ready for their deadly business as soon as the 
Bpring comes. 

The body of the fly is covered with hairs and bristles. Thus 
when it crawls over the dirt and filth, it becomes loaded with 
germs. When it visits our sugar bowl, and our food, it leaves 
much of this dirt on it. When we realize that the fly lives on 
the most filthy substances and then parades over our food, we can 
easily see the necessity of killing it. 

Screens will help keep the flies out of the house. Sticky fly 
paper will help catch them after they get into the house. Fly 
traps can be easily made and will catch many of them. But best 
of all ways to get rid of the flies is to get rid of the places where 
they breed and feed. Keep the horse stables clean, look after 
the chicken yards, the pig pen and the garbage can. See that 
your neighbor looks after his yard, too, for if he has a hatching 
and breeding place near your door or window, the flies bred on 
his place will soon be your boarders. 

Note—This lesson is based on a pamphlet issued by the 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Co. and is reproduced here through 
their courtesy. 


70 


LESSON XXI 


“I regret that I have but one life to give for my country.” 

THE AMERICAN SOLDIER 


blouse 

button 

bugle 

belt 

hat 

bayonet 

tent 

shells 

shoes 

rifle 

saddle 

canteen 

soldier 

protector 

strong 

healthy 

seldom 

recruit 

corporal 

sergeant 

specialist 

regular 

receive 

afternoon 

barracks 

morning 

reveille 

evening 

called 

lowered 

infantry 

cavalry 

engineers 

medical 

notice 

separate 

years 

branch 

medal 

service 


A SOLDIER IS A HEALTHY MAN. HE IS STRONG. 
HE IS AN HONEST MAN. HE IS STRONG AND HEALTHY 
BECAUSE HE WORKS AND PLAYS IN THE OPEN AIR. HE 
SLEEPS WITH HIS WINDOWS OPEN AND HE EATS HIS 
MEALS AT THE SAME TIME EVERY DAY. HE GOES TO 
BED EARLY AND HE GETS UP EARLY. WHEN HE PLAYS 
HE PLAYS HARD. WHEN HE WORKS HE DOES NOT PLAY 
AT ALL. THAT IS WHY THE U. S. SOLDIER IS HAPPY, 
HEALTHY, AND STRONG. 

The soldier is the real protector of our country. He is strong 
and healthy. He can read, write and drill. He is seldom sick 
because he lives the right sort of a life. 

When a man enlists in the army he is called a “private.” 
They do not say “Mr.” in the army. Until he has been in 
the army for some time he is called a recruit. He may be pro¬ 
moted to the grade of a corporal or a sergeant. If he can shoe a 
horse, paint, run an auto or truck, drive a team, put up telephone 
wires, or drive a nail straight, he may become a specialist. Any 


71 


man that has a trade or who learns a trade in the army may 
become a specialist. The specialists receive more pay than a 
man who is doing the regular work of a soldier. Also in the 
army there are schools where every man may learn a trade. He 
may learn any trade he wishes and may work at it every after¬ 
noon. After he has finished the school he is made a specialist 
and gets the pay for that grade. 

The soldiers live in barracks. They do not speak of their 
* ‘house ” as we do. When they are on ‘ ‘ field duty ’ ’ they mean that 
they are away from camp. Then they sleep in tents. Each man 
carries half of a tent around his pack. Two men put their halves 
together and sleep in them. When the soldier speaks of his coat 
he calls it his “blouse.’’ The blouse must always be kept clean and 
buttoned up. 

A soldier when on duty carries a rifle. He also has his belt, 
bayonet, canteen, and first aid packet. He carries the shells for 
his rifle in his belt. The canteen is for the water. He must be 
sure that his canteen is full when he starts on a “hike” for he may 
not get any more until he gets back at night. 

If you are near a camp you will hear the bugle blowing. The 
bugle tells him what to do next. It tells him when to eat, when 
to go to work and when to come back to camp. It blows when 
he is to get up and when he is to go to bed. It also tells him 
when to start to drill and when to come to get his pay. If there 
is a fire the bugler blows the “fire call” and if there is to be an 
officers’ meeting it blows the call for that. 

The soldier calls his meal his “mess”. When the bugle blows 
for him to go to the “mess hall,” they say that it is the “mess 
call”. To get him awake in the morning they blow the 
“reveille” and when the camp is to be quiet at night they blow 
“taps.” “Pay call” and “Drill call” are also blown on the 
bugle. Retreat is called for every evening and all soldiers are 
expected to be there at that time. The roll is called and all must 
stand at attention while the flag is being lowered. 

Have you noticed the different colors of the hat cord that the 
soldiers wear? The color of the hat cord shows which branch of 
the army he belongs to. If he is wearing a blue cord he is in the 


72 


infantry. If he wears a red cord he is in the artillery. There 
are many branches, such as the cavalry, tank corps, engineers, 
signal corps, quartermaster corps, and the medical corps. Each 
different branch has its work to do, has its own officers, and are 
in separate barracks. When a man enlists, he can select the 
branch that he likes best and stay in that for the whole three 
years. 

When the soldier goes away for a while he does not say 
“I am having a vacation”. He calls it his “pass” or his “fur¬ 
lough”. This pass or furlough shows that he is given the per¬ 
mission to be away from his company for a certain time. He is 
given a paper to show if he is asked for it. His Captain has 
signed it. If a soldier comes to stay at your house, ask him to 
show you his pass. If he has it you are sure that he has per¬ 
mission to be away. If he does not have a pass he may be away 
from his company without permission and may be punished when 
he returns. A soldier that has left his company without permis¬ 
sion is “A. W. 0. L.”, which means “absent without official 
leave”. A good soldier does not go A. W. 0. L. To “desert” 
means to run away from the army. This is very serious and not 
many do it. A good soldier will never think of deserting no 
matter what happens. 

Many soldiers wear decorations or medals. This means that 
they have been especially brave. It may mean that they have 
done some deed that has saved many of their comrades. It may 
also mean that during some fighting they have done some¬ 
thing that the country wants to reward. Money will not pay a 
soldier for helping another man that has been wounded. Money 
will not pay a soldier for taking a machine-gun nest or a prisoner 
when he might lose his life in doing it. So to show him that the 
country appreciates his bravery and courage they give him a 
medal which he may always keep and wear. No one may wear 
such a medal if he has not earned it. A medal is without price. 
It shows everyone that the wearer is a brave man and a true 
soldier. Not every brave man has a medal. Many have deserved 
them who have never received them but the most of the men who 
have them have really deserved them. 


73 


Soldiers who are wearing a gold stripe on the right sleeve 
are men who were wounded in the World War. They have a 
gold stripe on their left sleeve for every six months that they 
served in Europe. The ribbons on their blouses are for medals. 
(Every man that is wearing a uniform is showing us that he is 
ready to protect us, our flag and our homes. 


1. What is meant by “barracks? Mess hall? Reveille”! 

2. What is meant by “retreat? Drill call? Recall”? 

3. What is the canteen for? The bayonet? The bugle? 

4. What is the infantry? The cavalry? The tank corps? 

5. What is the Medical Corps for? The Quartermaster 

Corps? 

6. What does a soldier call his house?” 

7. What do you mean by a “furlough”? 

8. When is a soldier A. W. 0. L.? When is he a deserter! 

9. Why does a good soldier not go A. W. O. L. ? 

10 Why do they have different colors for the hat cords? 

11. Why does a soldier have a medal? 

12. What do the gold stripes on the soldiers’ sleeves mean? 

13. What do they call the soldiers who are working at their 

trades? 

14. Why does the army teach every man that wants to 

learn a trade? 

15. Is a soldier’s life always pleasant? 

16. Have you ever been a soldier in any country? 

17. What does the uniform stand for? 

18. What is a slacker ? 

Tell about the life of a soldier. Tell about his clothes, his 
work and his play. Also tell about his promotion. Some of the 
men will have been soldiers and will make an interesting even¬ 
ing’s talk. After you have told about the life of an army man, 
write a composition (original) about the soldier. After these 
have been corrected, have them read to the class. 

Bring emphasis on the recreation of the soldier and on his- 
out-door life. 

Make up a blank exercise. Put this on the board and let- 
the other men fill in the blanks. 

Tell about General Pershing and his work in the last war. 


74 


LESSON XXII 


“Do unto others as you want them to do to you.” 


THE HOSPITAL 


sick 


fault child 


children 

wrong 

scarlet-fever 


reason 

measles 

serious 


sickness stomach 


necessary 


mumps grippe 

hospital doctor 

operation attend 


nurse 
public 
patient 
weak 
trust. 


regular 

clinic 


examination hurting 
trouble cure 


expense attention 


district 


A sick man is of no use to anyone. He cannot work well. 
He does not like to play. If he smokes, his pipe or cigarette does 
not taste right. If the children are noisy he is easily peeved. If 
the supper is not done on time he is cross. If he misses his train 
he blames everyone but himself. He is of no use to the town, to his 
family or to himself. 

It is not always a man’s fault if he is sick. It is hardly ever 
the child’s fault if it is sick. There is some reason for every sick¬ 
ness, no matter how small it may be. If a child is often sick it 
means that something is wrong. This can usually be corrected if 
not neglected too long. 

Many sicknesses, such as the “grippe”, measles, scarlet fever, 
and others are contracted by nearly everyone at one time or other. 
Children especially are apt to get them. They are attended to 
by the family doctor in the home. The mother takes care of the 
sick folks and does the regular house work. 

Other sicknesses are more serious and need care that can¬ 
not be given in every home. Many times it is necessary to 
have an operation. In this case it is necessary to take the patient 
to a place where the doctor has all of the things with which he 
must work and the trained helpers to assist him. The place to 
which the sick man is taken in this case is called the hospital. 


75 


There are many hospitals in this country. Some of them are 
called private hospitals and here the people who can afford it 
have their own doctors to attend them. These hospitals are 
usually expensive. 

The other class of hospital is the Public Hospital. The public 
hospital is supported by the city or the state. In many cases 
some good man or woman has given a large sum of money to keep 
it in repair or to build it. Any sick person may be brought to the 
public hospital for treatment. Accidents also are taken care of 
here. The ambulances that belong to the hospital can be seen 
going through the streets, with the bell clanging and the attend¬ 
ant sitting with the patient. 

The doctors of the tov-n or city usually give a certain amount 
of their time to these hospitals in order to help them. Of course, 
they also have their regular doctors at the hospital all of the 
time. The beds in the hospitals are free to those who cannot 
afford to pay. The city bears this expense. Also many good 
people give money to the hospitals to pay for free beds for the 
people w^ho have not the money but who need hospital treatment. 
If a person can pay some money he is usually asked to pay a cer¬ 
tain sum for his care and board while in the hospital. In every 
case the attention and care given is of the best that the doctors 
and the nurses can give. It is far better to send the people to a 
public hospital where they will have the proper care and treat¬ 
ment than to keep them at home where it is not possible to make 
them well so rapidly. The doctor will tell you whether the 
patient ought to be in the hospital. Do not be afraid of the 
hospital. It is the best place for the real sick. Everyone who 
goes there will be treated in such a way that he will soon be well 
if it is possible to cure him. 

Every hospital has a free “clinic”. This word means that on 
certain days you can bring the children there or go yourself for an 
examination, w^hich is free. The doctor will examine you and tell 
you what is the matter. If the child’s eyes are not strong and 
are always hurting or red, don’t delay. It may cause the child to 
be blind in later years. If the child complains of ringing noises 
in the head or of earache, take him to the hospital clinic right 


76 


away. It may save him from being deaf when he grows up. If 
the child is never well, is thin, or pale or weak, it may be the 
result of some slight disorder that the doctor will find and will 
cure. The child has a right to be well, and all it will take is a 
little of your time to see that he gets the chance that is his right. 
It is the only way to help the child grow up strong and healthy. 

The clinic is free. They will examine the ears, eyes, throat 
and teeth of you or of your family and tell you if they need atten¬ 
tion. They will tell you if the child’s lungs or its adenoids are 
the cause of its paleness and loss of weight, and will advise you 
honestly, not because they want to make money, but because they 
want the people of the city to be well and happy. They get their 
pay whether you go there or not. Very often when the child 
does not hear well, does not feel well, and is not doing well in 
school it is because the tonsils or adenoids need attention. It is 
our duty to see that these things are not neglected. It is our 
fault if the children suffer for the city has these hospitals and 
doctors to correct the children’s troubles. 

Another friend of the family and of the city is the nurse who 
comes to the school to examine the children. They are like the 
doctors, for they look at the children and know if they are not 
well and tell you what to do to help them get well. The school 
nurse should be called your friend for she may find some trouble 
that may save your child’s life or its happiness. She also 
finds out if there are such diseases as mumps, measles, scarlet 
fever or whooping-cough which would spread and make all the 
children sick. Her help should be asked when needed, for she, 
like the doctor at the clinic, is paid by the city and will charge 
you nothing for advice. 

The district nurse is like the school nurse, except that she 
comes to your home to help you. She will tell you how to take 
care of the person that is sick. She will also tell you the best 
way to keep the house clean and the best way to take care of the 
baby. She is paid by the city and if the family is poor she will 
charge nothing for her aid. If the family can afford to pay, they 
may be asked to pay a very small sum, perhaps a quarter for her 
help. She is experienced, has been well trained, and is only 
waiting for a chance to come to your home to help you. 


77 


You can see that this country wants to make and keep you 
well. It has free clinics to examine and advise you. It has 
free hospitals to cure you. It has provided school nurses to look 
after your children. Also it has provided district nurses to come 
to your home to tell you what you need to know about the home. 
All these are furnished that your family may keep well and so be 
better citizens. You can trust them all. They will only tell you 
things that will help you and whatever they say is the result of 
study and experience. You see that this country is interested in 
you and your family. Always remember, that no matter what is 
the trouble, go to the school nurse, the district nurse, or the 
hospital clinic. They only want to help you. Is there any other 
land that will help you so much, and only ask that you let them 
know that you need them? 

1. Were you ever sick? What was the matter? 

2. Were you ever in a hospital? 

3. What is a private hospital? 

4. What is a public hospital? A state hospital? A city 

hospital ? 

5. What is a clinic? 

6. What diseases are children apt to get? 

7. What do we mean by accidents? 

8. What may happen if the child’s sore eyes are not at¬ 

tended to? 

9. What may happen if you do not attend to a child who 

has much ear ache? 

10. Whose fault is it if the child is not given a chance to 

be well? 

11. What does the school nurse do ? 

12. Why should we be careful of the measles? The mumps? 

Scarlet fever? 

13. What may result from these diseases? 

14. What does the district nurse do ? 

15. Where does she do her work? 

16. Do you know the distict nurse of your home section of 

town? 

17. What will she do or any to help you? 


78 


18. Why is she a friend of everyone? Can we not call her 

an “angel”? 

19. Who pays for the clinic, the school nurse and the district 

nurse ? 

20. Why do these people want to help us? 

21. Did your old country do all of these things for you? 

22. Why should we be especially careful of the health of 

the children? 


79 


LESSON XXIII 


“Penny wise and pound foolish/’ 


INSURANCE 


know 


strong 


health carpenter 


worked 

suddenly 

premium 

policy 


expenses 

support 

agent 


family killed 

insurance policy 

employer advice 


company 


protection property 


I know of a man who was very strong and healthy. One day 
he was taken sick, and in a few days more he was dead. He had 
a wife and four children. The oldest child was about eight years 
and the youngest was three. He had been a carpenter, worked 
every day and made a fair week’s pay. However, it took all that 
he earned to support his family and what little he could save 
was used up by the doctor’s bill and the other expenses that went 
on while he was sick. When he died his wife was left with the 
four small children, no money, no home, and with no great hopes 
for the future of her family. It was necessary for the city and 
the neighbors to help her. The family was broken up and the 
children had to go to w T ork when they should have been at high 
school. Yet this man was a good man. He worked every day, 
did not drink nor gamble and brought his money home every 
week to his family. 

I think that all of you know of cases like the above. If you 
do not, then look about you and think what would be the result if 
you should die or be killed suddenly. Where would your family 
go? What would they live on? How would the children get 
their educations? What would you leave your wife? Who 
would take care of your old father or your feeble mother? Who 
would pay the doctor and the undertaker? Do you see what it 
might mean to those who depend on you for support now and in 
the future? 

There is a way by which every man can be made to feel that 
if he should die his family would at least have enough to carry 
them over until they could get on their feet. This way is by tak- 


80 


ing out life insurance. Every man in good health can be insured 
at a small cost. This means that if he pays a small sum each 
year that the Insurance Company will pay to his wife or family 
the amount for which he is insured. This sum may be whatever 
he desires. He may insure his life for a thousand dollars or he 
may insure it for a half million dollars. All he has 
to do is to pay the premium when it comes due. All of the 
companies that your doctor will tell you about or that the dis¬ 
trict nurse will recommend are safe and honest. They must be 
for they are under the state laws. 

What is life insurance? Life insurance is a sum of money 
that will be paid to anyone you name, upon proof of your death. 

How do you get this insurance? First you talk over with 
your wife or family the need of insurance. It is a good plan to 
tell your employer that you are going to take out some insurance 
and ask his advice. He will tell you about some agent whose 
business it is to write the insurance out. This agent will tell you 
about the different kinds of insurance. Tell him how much you 
earn, what your expenses are and he will advise you what kind of 
insurance to take out. 

There is one kind of a policy which is called a “Straight 
Life”. This means that every year you pay a certain sum for 
every thousand dollars that you wish to be insured for. You pay 
this sum every year and if you die, the person that you have 
named will get the money. This is the cheapest kind of insur¬ 
ance. It is as safe as the others. 

Another kind of insurance is the kind that you take out for 
ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five or thirty years. You pay a cer¬ 
tain sum each year for the number of years that you select. 
During this time you are insured and after you have paid for so 
many years you are insured for the rest of your life, without pay¬ 
ing more premiums. 

A third kind is the kind that is called “Endowment”. In 
this you pay a certain sum each year for ten, fifteen, twenty or 
twenty-five years. If you die at any time during these years 
your family gets the amount of the insurance, otherwise at 
the end of that period you get the amount yourself. This is 


81 


the best for a young man or for the man who is drawing a good 
salary. It costs a bit more, but at the end of the period you get 
the money and interest. It is like a bank except that you are 
insured, and that you are more sure to put away a certain sum 
regularly. 

There are many other forms, but these are the ones that are 
used most of the time by the average man. 

The sum that you pay depends on your age, your health, and 
the kind of policy you take out. Every man of the same age pays 
the same sum. You pay this sum every year and your wife or 
whoever you have named gets the money at your death. If you 
have a family you should be insured for at least a thousand dol¬ 
lars. This would be a little sum with which your wife and family 
could face the world without you. There is no danger that they 
will not get the money. The companies that your employer will 
recommend to you are all safe. The agent will show you proof 
that the companies are honest if you ask him to. He will tell you 
of families in your home town that have received insurance 
money. 

When you decide to take out a certain amount of insurance 
the company will send you to a doctor who will examine you. The 
company pays the doctor for this. If they decide that you are 
well enough, or that you are not sick with any trouble that cannot 
be cured, they will send you the policy to be filled out. Then you 
pay the agent the first premium. He signs a receipt and gives 
you the policy. 

Do not lose this policy. It will be necessary in case of your 
death. Put it where it will not be lost or destroyed. If you lose 
it, notify the company at once and they will send you a new policy. 
Remember that it is for the good of your family and for those 
that you love. You have no right to go along with no insurance. 

There are many kinds of insurance. Many of the companies 
who employ men have an insurance company in their own place. 
These usually pay a certain sum for every week that you are out 
of work because of sickness or accident. Join this if there is one 
for accidents are apt to happen at any time. What you receive 
for two weeks’ illness will pay the expenses for a year and it 

82 


comes in at a time when there is no money being earned. If you 
never draw any, consider that you are lucky and that you have 
had the protection. 

Insurance is like money in the bank. Money in the bank is 
a friend when you are out of work or when you need it. Insur¬ 
ance is a friend to those that depend on you. If you have no in¬ 
surance yet, think it over, and decide whether you ought not to 
have some at once. 

Fire insurance is insurance on your building, property or 
furniture. You can talk with the agent. He will look over the 
property that you wish to insure and will tell you the cost to in¬ 
sure it for one year or for more as you wish. Then in ca*se there 
is a fire your property is covered against loss and you will have 
a sum of money with which to begin again. Think this over, too. 
The cost is small and having an insurance policy against fire in 
the house will make you feel better. Ask your employer if he is 
insured. Ask your store man if his life, house, and property is 
insured. Ask your doctor, or your teacher, if his life and prop¬ 
erty is insured. You can depend on the fact that they would not 
insure if it were not wise to do so. 

If you have been a soldier in the United States army or a 
sailor in the United States Navy, find out about the insurance 
that is run by the United States Government. This is safe and 
good. Go to any Red Cross office and they will tell you all about 
it and will help you to get your policy. 

Remember these facts. You ought to have life insurance for 
the sake of your family. You ought to have fire insurance for 
your own protection in case of a fire. All of the companies that 
your employer or the Red Cross man will tell you about are safe 
and honest. And finally, if you have a life insurance you can 
face the future with more confidence, for you know that if you 
are killed on your way home, your family will at least have 
enough money to pay the expenses until they get on their feet. 
Find out what kind is the best for you, then sign for it. 

1. Who is dependent on you? 

2. What is an insurance policy? 

3. What do you mean by the premium? 


83 


4. For how much may a man be insured ? 

5. What circumstances would tell a man how much insur¬ 

ance he should have? 

6. Why are all of the well know insurance companies 

safe and honest? 

7. How do you take out an insurance policy? 

8. What is the agent’s business? Who pays him? 

9. Why does the doctor examine you? 

10. What is a straight life policy? 

11. What do you mean by a twenty payment life policy? 

12. To whom can you make out your policy ? 

13. Upon what does the amount of the premium depend? 

14. Why is it wise to ask your employer’s advice about your 

insurance ? 

15. What is fire insurance for? 

16. Why must you be careful not to lose your policy? 

17. Why should your house and property be insured 

against fire? 

18. Give three reasons why every married man should be 

insured. 

19. Why is insurance a form of banking? 


84 


LESSON XXIV 


“If you can’t win, make the other fellow break the record.*' 
“As the twig is bent so is the tree inclined.” 


REVIEW 


entire 

feast 

finger 

train 

enough 

land 

message 

price 

hundred 

into 

cable 

station 

Dutch 

button 

thousand 

remember 

people 

dash 

happen 

while 

began 

extra 

regular 

window 

Indians 

wire 

pleasant 

leaves 

click 

world 

classes 

happy 

dot 

boat 

company 

immigrant 

charge 

visit 

change 

tremble 

time 

express 

surprise 

pictures 

business 

when 

baggage 

explain 

soon 

quick 

stare 

umbrella 

railroad 

receive 

subway 

keep 

pencil 

things 

watch 

valuable 

mistake 

afraid 

weigh 

suitcase 

ticket 

freight 

package 

feather 

minute 

lunch 

custom 

easy 

busy 

napkin 

protect 

travel 

bother 

trunk 

condition 

wagon 

parcel 

hardship 

harvest 

building 

cling 

nothing 

freedom 

traveler 

dress 

citizen 

bleak 

everything 

cheap 

rocky 

machines 

taxicab 

force 

worship 

press 

traveling 

winter 

voyage 

key 


church 

office 

Africa 


cold 


Pennsylvania 



85 


VERBS 


begin 

began 

begun 

come 

came 

have come 

drive 

drove 

have driven 

know 

knew 

have known 

see 

saw 

have seen 

hit 

hit 

have hit 

buy 

bought 

have bought 

hear 

heard 

have heard 

go 

went 

have gone 

do 

did 

have done 

wear 

wore 

have worn 

break 

broke 

have broken 

fall 

fell 

have fallen 

give 

gave 

have given 

sell 

sold 

have sold 

speak 

spoke 

have spoken 

think 

thought 

have thought 


"86 


LESSON XXV 


“A book is a friend. A good book is a good friend. 
A library is a collection of friends.” 


THE PUBLIC LIBRARY 


library card 

adventure tear 


story 


always 


history 

shelves 

romance 

charge 


language 


education animals 

poetry learn 

address wonderful 


China 

travel 


magazine 


The public library is the door that opens the whole world to 
you. In it you can find stories of the life of the people from the 
other parts of the world. In the library you can find stories of 
adventure and of war. Love stories and the histories of the lives 
of all the men of all countries are on the shelves here, too. In the 
books found in the libraries are poetry, travel and romance. 
Every man can find the book he likes and there is no price to be 
paid. Your education can be finished here and your evenings 
can be well spent in the reading rooms or in the art galleries. 

To get a book from the library to take home, you simply give 
your name and address to the person in charge. They will fill 
out a card for you and on this card they will put the name and 
number of the book that you have taken out. When the book is 
returned the card will be stamped with the date and then you 
may take out another book. 

Most of the books may be kept for two weeks. They may be 
taken home and the whole family can enjoy them. Picture books 
may be taken out for the children, stories of football and baseball 
heroes, as well as of military and naval heroes, may be taken out 
for the older boys and girls. Stories of homes and great women 
may be taken out for the mother. Use the library and see how 
much education and pleasure can be secured from it. 

To find any book that you want, it is necessary to go to a 
large case that is in the room near the desk. If you know the 
name of the story, you simply find it just as you find a name in 


87 


the telephone directory. If you do not know the name of the book» 
but know the name of the man who wrote it, you find his name; 
then go down the list of books that he has written until you find 
the one that you want. The librarian will always be glad to help 
you find the book that you are looking for. If you want her to 
help you find a story of any kind, be sure to ask her. Just tell 
her the sort of a book that you like and she will tell you of some 
that you can get. That is what they are there for, and they will 
always be pleasant and polite. 

There is only one thing that you should remember. A book 
is not made of iron. It is made of paper and paper will tear if 
it is not handled carefully. If a book is wet, it is spoiled. Many 
people want to read the book that you have, but if it is injured it 
will not be fit for more use. Don’t tear out the pages or the 
pictures. Do not let the children have it on the floor to use as a 
football. Treat it as if it were your own property. Bring it 
back when the time is out. It you have not finished it, you can 
renew it by asking to take it out again. 

If you read a good book every two weeks for a year you will 
see that you have learned many things. You can study or read 
about the people and animals in China and Alaska. You can also 
read about the animals of Africa and of Finland. Everything 
that you see in the city or in the country is written about in the 
books and all this information can be for you if you care to ask 
for it. 

You can study about the stars or about the Boy Scouts. You 
can also study about motors or medicine. Everything that you 
can think of has been written about and everything that you want 
to learn can be learned from the wonderful selection of books 
that are put into the library for your use. 

Use the library very much and soon you will find out that 
your friends will come to you for information. You will 
learn more of the language, more about the world or more about 
your business. 

All of the magazines are in the libraries. In these you can 
find material to entertain you as well as to instruct you. 


88 


Any man who has read a great deal or who studies a great 
deal is a better citizen of this country. Any man also who has 
read a great deal is a better workman for he knows what other 
men have done and what can be done in his trade or business. 
Also, any man who uses the advantages of the library is showing 
to the people who see and know him that he is interested in the 
things that are of importance in the growth and meaning of 
education. 

interesting dull 

remember forget 

read write 

useless useful 


I have been reading a book about. 

You have been reading a book about. Have pupils finish 

He has been reading a book about... the plurals. 


Have you read this book? 

Has he read this book? 

Would you like to read this book? 

May I borrow this book? 

Does he like to read? 

Do you like to read? 

What was the book that you were reading? 

Which book was he reading? 

1. What is a library for? 

2. Who pays for the expenses of the library? 

3. Who may use the library ? 

4. What is the “librarian”? 

5. How do you get the card that will enable you to take 

out a book? 

6. What is on the card? 

7. What kind of books do you like? 

8. How would you find a book on the life of Roosevelt? 

9. How would you find a book on the use of a steam 

hammer? 

10. Why does the librarian always know how to help you? 


sleep wake up 

rich poor 

often never 

expensive cheap, free 


89 





11. What books could you get for your family ? 

12. Why should a book be taken good care of? 

13. Why should the children not play with a library book? 

14. How can a man get an education from the library ? 

15. What kinds of books can you find in the library? 

16. Why does every town and city have a library? 

17. In what way does it help a man to read a great deal? 

We have a library in our. I have been. I 

know how to get books from the. I go the_and ask 

for a. This card tells who I., where 1. 

The card is. I can find the book that I.by hunt¬ 
ing for the. If I know the name of the man who. 

it I can also find_by.in the. The librarian 

will.me. I should take.of the books. The 

book should not be. The children should not play with 

. I must not get it. If it is wet it will. I can get a 

good education from the books in the. 


90 





















LESSON XXVI 


“Be sure you are right, then go ahead.” 

TWO OF OUR AMERICAN HEROES 


rouse 

famous 

signature 


nation 

freedom 

delegate 


courage Paul Revere 

approve document 

neighbor Sheridan 


At the beginning of the Revolutionary war, the Americans 
had supplies of powder, food and rifles stored in the small towns 
near Boston. Also some of the men were living there whom the 
English wanted to capture and to take back to England. 

The Americans, however, were on the lookout, and as soon 
as the English had come in sight they began to get ready. Paul 
Revere, one of our famous patriots, was the one who was to carry 
the message to the Americans in their homes. They had no tele¬ 
graphs nor telephones in those days. Every thing had to be deliv¬ 
ered by a messenger who traveled on horseback. 

This evening, they had stationed a man in the tower of the 
old South Church, who was to watch the river for the coming of 
the British, and to see which way they went to get to the towns 
of Concord and Lexington. This man was to hang one lantern 
in the belfry of the church, if the English went by land, and two 
if they went by water. Paul Revere, standing on the opposite 
side of the bay, could see this signal, and as soon as it was given 
he would dash off to warn the soldiers. 

The American soldiers were not in regular outfits then, but 
were all volunteers, ready to go whenever they should be called 
upon. Some of them had banded together, into a group called 
“minutemen,” so called because they were ready to fight upon a 
minute’s notice. 

It was to these men that Paul Revere was to bring his mes¬ 
sage. Can you not see him there by the water’s edge, standing 
beside his horse, ready to jump into the saddle and rush away 
with the news that “The British are coming”? Suddenly he 
saw the lights—two of them—and leaping to the saddle he dashed 


91 


away into the night. Into a farmyard he rode at full gallop, 
waked the household, and with a rallying cry and a hurried warn¬ 
ing he dashed away again to the next house. On and on he rode 
through the night until every man had been called out and 
warned of the fact that the British were coming. 

In the morning the British soldiers came in regular columns, 
with their bright red coats and their shining swords, expecting 
that as soon as the Americans saw them they would surrender 
both their supplies and the men whom they wanted to take to 
England. They did not know however that the Americans were 
aware of their move and were ready for them. The surprise was 
complete. The “minutemen” were ready for them, and in a 
short while, instead of marching back as victors, they were forced 
to run for their lives. As they ran, the Americans shot at them 
from their yards, from behind the stone walls, and from behind 
the big trees that lined the roads. Every red coat was a target, 
and every boy big enough to lift and aim a gun was there to help 
drive the English out of that part of the country. It was after this 
that the poem “Paul Revere’s Ride” was written, to show the 
Americans of today the spirit of Paul Revere and the “minute- 
men” of 1776. 

Another hero served his country in even a greater way, for 
he did it knowing that his life was at stake, not in time of war, 
but in time Qf peace. Everyone knows of Paul Revere’s ride, but 
not everyone knows about Caeser Rodney’s ride, which required 
even greater courage and spirit. 

After the Revolutionary war had been won, men from every 
one of the states met at Philadelphia to make the Constitution. 
After it was written, it had to be voted on by the men from each 
state. Not all of the delegates were in favor of it. Some of 
them wanted it changed and were in favor of other laws than 
those of the Constitution. 

July 1st, 1776, was the day set for the great election. The 
men from Delaware did not agree on how they were to vote, and 
their leader, Caeser Rodney, lay at home, seriously ill. A secret 
messenger brought him the news. 


92 


Up rose Rodney, torn with pain, and dizzy with fever! Over 
eighty miles to Philadelphia he dashed in time to cast the vote for 
his state! Think of what it would have meant for the State of 
Delaware not to have its vote cast for that document ? On and on 
he rode, reeling from fever and pain, but never slackening his 
pace, till at last he reached Independence Hall just as the name 
“Delaware ’' was being called. 

“I vote YES”! cried he, and sank fainting in his seat. 

Such were the men of that day. Every crisis has brought 
them to the front. Sheridan made his famous ride to save his 
Army in the Civil war. Roosevelt made a charge during 
the Spanish war that will go down through the years. Scores of 
our men did similar deeds during the world war. To such men 
we owe the fact that we live in a land of freedom. Let us keep 
ourselves ready so that if a similar call comes to us we will be 
the “minutemen” of today. The call may come in any way, for 
few of us have the chance to be heroes in a battle. Our courage 
must be high, our love of country must always be first, and our 
patriotism must always be such that when “Uncle Sam” calls for 
us we can say, “Here! Take me!” 

I ride we ride I rode we rode 

you ride you ride you rode you rode 

he rides they ride he rode they rode 

I have ridden etc. 

The Americans had a supply of.near Boston. The 

.wanted these supplies. A man in the church tower 

was to.which way the British were going. Paul Revere 

was. He was ready to.with the. The 

.were waiting for him. He rode all. In the morn¬ 
ing the British were. The Americans.them. The 

men and the.were saved. 

Mr. Rodney lived in. They were voting on the 

.in Philadelphia. Mr. Rodney was. He re¬ 
ceived a.message. He got up and rode to. 

He rode.miles. After voting he. He was a. 

as well as Paul Revere. Mr.was a Colonel in the. 


93 























war. Many of our soldiers were.in the world. We 

must all be.and.to serve our.if she 

needs us. 

1. Who were the minutemen? 

2. Who was Paul Revere ? 

3. How did the man send the signal to Paul Revere? 

4. How did Paul Revere bring the message to the 

minutemen ? 

5. Were the minutemen ready? 

6. What did they do to the British? 

7. Where did Mr. Rodney come from? 

8. Where did he ride to? 

9. How far did he ride? 

10. Did he get to Philadelphia in time to vote? 

11. Why was he a hero? 

12. Who was one of the heroes of the Civil War? 

13. Can a man be a hero without being a soldier? 

14. Are firemen heroes? 

15. Are policemen heroes? 

16. Did you ever read or hear about Molly Stark? 

17. Did you ever read about John Paul Jones? 

18. Who is the greatest hero that you have heard about? 

19. Whom did General Pershing call the greatest soldier 

of the world war. Why? 


94 







LESSON XXYII 


“Necessity is the mother of invention.’’ 

CLEAN THE TEETH 

Our teeth are like the floor mills. They grind the food into 
small particles ready to pass to the stomach. If our teeth are not 
strong and healthy the food will not be ground up properly and 
our stomachs will be overworked and tired. 

If teeth are dirty the food will rub off some of the dirt and 
carry it to the stomach. 

As long as the teeth are kept clean there is no trouble. It is 
decay that starts the trouble. Decay starts under some dirt on 
the outside of the tooth. If this decay is not removed, it will 
work into the middle of the tooth. 

The decay then works through the enamel into the inside of 
the tooth and into the dentine. You will notice that the decay 
spreads under the enamel so that there is more decay in the den¬ 
tine that in the enamel. When there is decay in the enamel, 
there is always more underneath. 

As soon as there is the least decay in the tooth you should 
see a dentist. He will remove the decay and fill the cavity. This 
will stop the decay and will save pain and expense later. It is 
not easy to find the small holes but the dentist can find them. 

If decay is not removed and the tooth filled, the enamel will 
break down and cause holes large enough to collect food. The 
food will rot, cause toothache and often makes people ill. Many 
illnesses such as rheumatism, neuritis, headache, heart trouble, 
abscesses, colds, boil, and nervousness often come from decayed 
teeth. 

It is always best to see the dentist every six months. He can 
then keep the teeth right with a little work each time. Don’t 
wait for the tooth to ache. Have it fixed before it pains. There 
are many things to put into the tooth to make it stop aching but 
these things do not stop the decay. The hole will grow larger 
and either the tooth will ache again or the nerve will die. 


95 


If the face begins to swell, put something cold on the cheek 
and go to the dentist. Do not put hot things on the cheek when 
there is swelling. 

When the tooth is pulled it leaves a hole in the chewing 
machine. The work must be done by the other teeth. It is like 
losing a button off your coat and then trying to fasten that button 
hole over the next button. It is apt to make the coat crooked. 
A clean tooth will not have to be pulled out. 

Take care of your teeth. Dentists can help but you must 
brush your teeth at least every day. You will need your teeth all 
your life, so take care of them. Use a small brush. After using 
the brush, rinse it well and hang it in the sun and air. There are 
many good pastes and powders that can be bought to help keep 
the teeth clean. Clean the teeth after each meal if you can. 
Always clean them before going to bed. Rinse the mouth well 
with lime water after brushing the teeth and they will look more 
beautiful and will be stronger. You need your teeth but they 
will not always be your friends if you do not care for them. 
Remember that a clean tooth never decays. 


96 


LESSON XXVIII 


“Well begun is half done.’’ 


THE LIVING ROOM 


living-room magazines 


amusement Victrola 
attractive records 

group piano 


family various 

brought habit 


together customs 

grow evenings 

friends pleasure 

parents pattern 

young cheerful 


monthly orchestra 

interested pleasant 

encourage company 

require weekly 

comfortable dance 


The living room of the American home is the place where the 
family is brought together and where the young people get their 
real home life. For this reason it is important that it be kept up 
to a mark where the children and the young people will really 
enjoy being there. 

Most parents lose their hold on the children when they begin 
to grow up—after they are about sixteen years old. It is then 
that they begin to get new friends and begin to think that home 
is a place to go to only at meal time and bedtime. At this time, 
too, the habits and friends are formed that will mark out the 
paths which will be followed in later years. In the old country 
people follow regular customs and the parents do not have to 

face this question as squarely as they have to face it here. The 
movies, dances, clubs and social events all tend to lead the young 
people to spend their evenings away from home. 

It is the duty of all parents to get the American idea of mak¬ 
ing the home so attractive and pleasant that the child will not 
want to go outside for pleasure and amusement. Make the living 
room so pleasant that they will bring their friends home instead 
of going away and you will know whom your children are associ¬ 
ating with and what they are doing during the evenings. 


97 


It does not require a great deal of money to keep the living 
room up to the requirements of the young folks. Have a victrola 
in the room if you can and let them dance if they wish. You will 
then know whom they are dancing with and what is going on. 
You do not know this when they go to public dances. Let the 
young folks pick out a few good dance records and let them move 
the furniture and carpets. 

Tell them that the living room is theirs to use and in a few 
evenings they will use it as you want it used. If you have a piano 
they will always have someone in the group who can play. A half 
dollar invested in cocoa and cakes will make the evening seem 
like a regular party and the visitors will see that they are really 
welcome. The mother can help prepare this. If you have a 
piano, there is more than an even chance that they will start a 
small orchestra. This will mean a night or two for practice every 
week and it will mean still more—that the young people are at 
home, having a good time and having an evening of the sort that 
will not be taking money for pleasures that are harmful. Young 
folks are bound to have company. Is it not better to have them 
have this company at home? Make them feel that they are wel¬ 
come and they will keep coming. Then in a few evenings you 
will see that you too are enjoying the company and that you are 
not only helping your own family but all who come to your home. 

Have a book case and get some good books. They are not 
expensive and will help pass away many a lonesome hour. Then 
get some magazines. These are a pleasure to every member of 
the family and to all who may come in. Good magazines can be 
purchased each month or can be subscribed for by the year at 
reduced rates. Everyone will enjoy the National Geographic, 
with its wonderful pictures and reading matter. They will enjoy 
such magazines as the Mentor and others of the educational type. 
The young folks will enjoy the magazines which contain fiction. 
These can be obtained at all news-stands. The American is 
always popular. The young ladies will read the various maga¬ 
zines like the Ladies Home Journal, Pictorial Review and others 
and the boys will all be interested in such magazines as the St. 
Nicholas, the American Boy, Popular Mechanics, etc. They will 
bring in their friends, too, to read them and soon they will be 


98 


looking forward to the arrival of the various monthlies and 
weeklies that you are getting for them. When they do this, you 
may be sure that they will stay in during the evening to read, 
rather than go on the streets for amusements. 

For instruction there are various magazines and farm 
journals. Of fiction there is a great variety. For entertain¬ 
ment there is still another sort. Every man can find the sort of 
reading matter which will appeal to him. 

If you keep your living room cheerful and comfortable, you 
will find that the children will stay at home. If there are com¬ 
fortable chairs they will enjoy curling up and reading for an 
evening. If there is music and dancing they will bring their 
friends regularly to your home. 

This is the great American idea. Encourage the young peo¬ 
ple to have many friends; urge them to bring them home; make 
them feel contented in their own living room; and you will not 
have to wonder where they are or what they are doing. 

Keep young with them. Enjoy their friends and their games. 
Be interested in their work and play and the home will be the 
place where they will love best to be. If this is done you may also 
be quite sure that as they get homes of their own they will 
model them after the same pattern. 


son 

daughter 

father 

mother 

brother 

sister 

first 

second 

fifth 

sixth 

ninth 

twenty 

twentieth 

forty 

fortieth 

sixty 

sixtieth 

eighty 

eightieth 

hundred 


uncle 

aunt 

nephew 

niece 

husband 

wife 

third 

fourth 

seventh 

eighth 

tenth 


thirty 

thirtieth 

fifty 

fiftieth 

seventy 

seventieth 

ninety 

ninetieth 

hundredth 



99 


close 


open shut 

find lose 

present absent away 

tomorrow yesterday 

least most 

forget remember 


Begin to study the forms of a business letter. Try to write 
a letter ordering some article from a mail order house. 

Ask questions about the lesson on the telephone or about 
insurance. Watch the vocabulary and the verb forms. 


100 


LESSON XXIX 


“Short credit makes long friends/* 

SAVING YOUR SAVINGS 


thrift 


saving 


investing speculating 

earning companies 

income regular 

real-estate mortgage 

assets thrift 


wildcat 

false 


sacrifice 

statement 


swindler 

ambition 


honest 

success 


Every man and woman wants to be rich or at least well off 
financially. To become so he must save regularly and be careful 
about his investments. Many people have saved their money and 
bought stock with it. Some of these people have been fortunate 
and have made a good deal of money. Others have been less 
fortunate and have lost it all. Many people have been swindled 
out of their savings by men who are not honest. We have laws 
against this, but it is not possible to catch the swindlers until 
many people have given them their savings. 

Nearly every man has had a chance to buy stock in a gold 
mine or in an oil well. Most of the men who come to us with 
these stocks are well dressed and have a large supply of fancy 
figures and reports. They tell us that the men in charge have 
found gold or oil, and need only money to develop the mine or the 
well. They then offer a share in it for so much. They tell you 
that in a few months you will get enormous dividends. They 
get your money, and give you a beautifully engraved paper. At 
the end of a few months you begin to wonder when your share of 
the profits of the business will begin to come. You write to them 
and they tell you that they are working on the mine or are get¬ 
ting ready to work on it. 

Sometimes they tell you that they have had to buy a lot of 
new machinery and that this has delayed the working of the mine. 
At any rate you have to wait again. You wait for a few months 
and write again, with the same results. The matter is then given 
to your lawyer and he finds that you have been swindled. Your 
money is lost. Nearly every time you will lose it all. It is not 


101 


entirely your fault, but it is your misfortune. The salesman that 
came to you looked honest, he talked well, looked prosperous, and 
made you think that he was really interested in your welfare. 
What he was interested in was your money, for he usually gets 
at least twenty-five cents out of every dollar that he collects. 
Not all of the stock is bad, but most of it is speculation. Specula¬ 
tion is another word for gambling. The men dig a hole in the 
ground. If they find oil you are lucky. If they do not you have 
lost all you have given them. Other men dig a hole in the 
ground and hunt for gold. If they find gold you are lucky. If 
they do not find it you have lost all that you have given them. 

Over half a billion dollars were taken from the working 
people of this country last year by these “ crooks/ ’ They promise 
that you “will get rich quick”. Instead, you lose all that you 
have. They tell you of the enormous profits that you will get. 
They show pictures of the beautiful places that you can have after 
you get this wealth, and tell you of others that have become rich. 
It is hard to refuse them, for they keep coming to you, and keep 
telling you how hard it is to work in order to save a few dollars, 
when all that you have to do is to invest with them in order to 
become wealthy. 

The only way to play safe is to invest your money instead of 
speculating. Most of our business men and bankers are honest. 
They are the men who will advise you and help you. If you have 
a few hundred dollars, or a few thousands that you want to invest 
in a way that will bring you more than the three or four percent 
that the banks pay, go to your banker and ask him to select some 
good bonds for you to buy. If you wish merely to invest it 
where it will be absolutely safe, and where there is no danger 
of losing your money, buy U. S. Government Bonds. These do not 
pay a very high rate of interest, but they are the safest bonds 
that can be held. The whole of the resources of the U. S. Gov¬ 
ernment is behind them. Also, if you need money at any time, 
you can take these to your banker, and he will loan you what you 
want on them. He holds them as security. If you buy other 
stocks from the men who come to your house, your banker may 
tell you that they are worthless. 


102 


There is one safe way to become well off, and that is to save 
regularly. Suppose you buy a $25 government certificate for 
twenty dollars each month, for five years. You will then own cer¬ 
tificates, worth $1500, which cost you only $1200. You can then 
re-invest these, plus fifteen dollars each month for five years more, 
and then you will have three thousand dollars. Do this for five 
years more, investing $10 dollars more each month, and you have 
certificates worth $4500. You can not lose this money. It is as 
good as a banknote or a gold coin. You can cash them at any 
time, and any bank will advance you money on them. 

Look ahead for five years, and what can you see? Look 
ahead twenty years and what can you see ? Suppose you become 
ill or crippled. If you have not saved your money, who is going 
to look out for your family? If you have children, who will pay 
for their education ? If, however, you have saved your money, 
you need not worry. You can buy a home, you can travel, you 
can send the children to college, or you can purchase a farm or a 
business. You can have a better home, better clothes, pleasant 
recreation, and other comforts that only money can furnish. 
Make up your mind that you will save a certain sum every week, 
and then before you realize it you have the first hundred dollars 
to your credit. Fifty cents saved every day for forty days will 
buy a $25 U. S. Treasury Savings Certificate. Start now. Buy 
a Treasury Certificate at your local Post Office, and repeat it as 
often as you can afford to. If you get the habit of saving regu¬ 
larly, the future will take care of itself. 

10 Features of Treasury Savings Certificates 

1. They are direct debts of the U. S. Government, and are 

therefore safe. 

2. They mature five years from date, but can be cashed 

at any time. 

3. They are valued at $25, $100, and $1,000 at maturity, 

but are sold on a discount basis of $20, $80, and $800. 

4. The interest is about four and one half percent per year. 

5. They are registered at the Treasury Department, 

Washington, which protects the owner against 

loss or theft. 

6. They are exempt from income tax, also from State, 


103 


county, and local tax. 

7. They are not subject to call before maturity. 

8. They do not lessen in value, but constantly increase in 

value. 

9. They are easily secured. Your Post-office, all Federal 

Reserve Banks, and many banks and trust companies 
have them for sale. 

10. They make the owner feel secure, and free from worry. 
10 Warnings 

1. Never buy stock in a mine that you know nothing about. 
Look out for mines in parts of the country that are 
far away. 

2. None but the rich can afford to take chances. Remem¬ 

ber that not every hole in the ground will produce 
oil. 

3. Schemers take advantage of every invention and dis¬ 

covery. As soon as something new is announced, 
there are companies who will try to get your money 
by selling stock in it. 

4. Don’t buy a swamp. If a man tries to sell you real 

estate in a distant state, look out. Know what prop¬ 
erty you are buying. See what you are getting. 
Many people have bought land, and when they went 
to see it found it under water at high tide, and a 
mass of mud at low tide. If it were really valuable 
the men near it would not give you a chance. 

5. Look out for companies that are going to sell by mail. 

6. The 4 ‘wild-cat” stock salesman usually tells you to buy 

quickly or it may be too late. When they tell you 
that, take time to think it over and investigate it. 

7. Go to your banker before you buy stock from any sales¬ 

man. He usually knows what is safe for you to get, 
and what it is worth. 

8. Don’t put your money into another man’s dreams. 


104 


9. Remember that after he has your money it is too late 
to think it over. 

10. Better be safe than sorry. 

Note—The material for the above lesson is adapted from the 
pamphlet, “How to save your Savings”, by Andrew Mellon, 
Secretary of the Treasury, and published by the Treasury 
Department at Washington, D. C. 


safe 

dangerous 

rich 

wealthy 

investment 

speculation 

account 

record 

saving 

spending 

money 

financial 

careful 

careless 

careful 

precautioua 

honest 

dishonest 

honest 

honorable 


I am saving my money, etc. 


I have bought U. S. Treasury Savings Certificates, etc. 

1. What would you do if you had ten thousand dollars? 

2. Are all men honest? 

3. Are all men dishonest? 

4. Have you ever had a chance to buy stock in a gold mine? 

5. Have any of your friends ever lost money in stocks? 

6. Have any of your friends ever been made wealthy by 

oil wells? 

7. If there were a chance to make a thousand percent. 

would they come to you for a little money? 

8. Can you get your money back from a swindler? 

9. What is a “crook”? What is a swindler? 

10. Whose business is it to give advice about your money 

and your investments? 

11. Why are Government Bonds safe? 

12. Where can you buy Government Bonds ? 


105 


LESSON XXX 


4 4 Words, like eggs, must be handled with care, for eggs once 
broken and words once spoken are very hard things to repair. ’ * 


COURTESY 

natural introduce 

character attendance 

crowd remove 

theater throw 


cripple 

complaint 

applause 

noisy 


courteous 

courtesy 

polite 


politeness 


To be polite and to be courteous mean the same. One should 
always be polite, no matter where he is. It costs nothing, and 
means a great deal. A person who is not courteous is not con¬ 
sidered as well bred. Most people are polite to strangers. It is 
just as important to be polite in the home as in places where there 
are crowds. 

There are certain rules that should always be obeyed, no 
matter where the person may be. Some of these are: 

1. Always lift your hat when you meet a lady whom you 

know. 

2. Wait for the lady to speak to you when you meet her. 

3. Do not introduce the lady to the man. Always intro¬ 

duce the man to the lady. If a man wishes to meet 
a certain lady, ask her permission first. 

4. Lift your hat when you are leaving a lady. 

5. Wait for the lady to show whether she wishes to shake 

hands. If she does not prefer to do so, then you 
must not offer your hand. 

6. Always remove your hat when eating in a restaurant. 

7. Take off your hat when entering any home. Brush 

your feet also. 

8. It is right to offer your seat to a lady when in a car 

that is full. 

9. In case of an accident, always attend to the women and 

the children first. This is always the rule, at a fire, 
at sea, or in any other place where anything has 
happened. A good American will always enforce 
this rule. 


106 


11. Always offer to carry any package that the lady may 
be carrying. 

11. Always rise when a lady enters or leaves the room at 

any gathering. 

12. Be sure and thank your hostess for a pleasant evening 

after a party of any kind. 

Politeness when in any public place is a test of breeding and 
character. It is not considered good form to smoke in any public 
place where ladies come in and out. Just because others are 
doing so does not mean that you must do so too. 

Don’t crowd when standing in the lobby of a theatre or 
while waiting for a lecture to begin. Stand in line and wait 
quietly for your turn. When inside, do not annoy the people near 
you by talking or whispering. When clapping your hands, only 
do so for a moment. Never stamp your feet or hiss at the speaker, 
even if you do not like him. Remember that there are many 
others there who may be well satisfied. 

It is not considered polite to look over some-one’s shoulder 
to read his paper. Neither is it polite to clean your nails or pick 
your teeth in public. To select a tooth pick, then tip your chair 
back and pick your teeth is disgusting to most of the people at 
the table with you. 

When walking with a lady, always take the outside of the 
street, or the side nearest the curb. Do not take her arm except 
when crossing the road at a place where she may need your sup¬ 
port. Always let the lady go first when entering a building or 
room. Open the door for her. 

The little word, “Thank you,” often means a great deal. 
When anyone does a favor for you, always show that you appre¬ 
ciate it. In the same way, when you wish to ask for anything, 
always say “please.” You will be surprised at the difference it 
makes. Just because a person is supposed to help you is no reason 
why you should not say “Thanks”. People do not expect pay 
for every favor that they do for others. They have a right, how¬ 
ever, to expect that you will say “thanks”. 


107 


It is always your duty to help an aged person or a cripple 
across the street or out of any difficulty. If they are carrying a 
package that looks to be too heavy for them, you should give them 
a lift. It will only take a few moments of your time and will mean 
much to them. Sometimes when it is very slippery, you will see an 
old lady or an old man trying to cross a place where it is icy. 
Why not take a minute of your time and help them across ? Some¬ 
times, too, you will see someone drop a package that has broken, 
and its contents are being scattered over the street. This is a 
time, when, instead of laughing at their misfortune, you can help 
them pick up their things, and perhaps help them tie the parcel 
so that it will not come apart again. It is your actions on such 
occasions that show whether you are really a gentleman. 

No real gentleman will swear in public. It shows that either 
he has no breeding or else that he does not know enough English 
to talk as he should. It is unfortunate that we use profanity to 
the extent that we do. The foreigner learns to swear before he 
learns anything else. In many places a man is arrested for 
swearing in public. Remember that the name of God is Sacred 
and should not be used without thought. 

There is an old proverb like this, “What you are speaks so 
loudly that I can not hear what you say”. That means that your 
actions are more important than your words. People judge you 
by what they see of you. If they see that you are always polite 
and gentle to the children, the aged, and the infirm, and if they 
see that everywhere you are polite and quiet, their opinion of you 
will always be of the best. Politeness, or courtesy is always 
worth while. It always pays. It is one of the surest marks of the 
best Americans. 


polite 

courteous 

remove 

throw 


impolite 

rude 

bring 

catch 


always never 

strangers friends 

obey disobey 

ask tell 


It costs.to be polite. A gentleman is always. 

Most people are polite to. It is just as.to be 

polite in the. Always introduce the.to be. 


108 









Lift your hat when.a lady. Always.you hat when 

eating in a. It is.to offer your.to a lady when 

in a.car. In case of.always attend to the.and 

.first. Be sure and.your.for a pleasant. 

Actions speak.than words. 

1. Does it cost anything to be polite? 

2. Why are we usually polite to strangers? 

3. Do you introduce a lady to a man ? 

4. Who comes first in case of an accident or a fire ? 

5. Why is hissing and prolonged applause in a theatre not 

considered polite? 

6. Why should we use the word “thanks”? 

7. Is it polite to swear in public? 

8. What is shown when a person swears continually? 

9. Why is profanity often learned before good English? 

10. How can strangers judge you? 


109 















LESSON XXXI 



“Look up and not down, 



Look out and not in, 



Look forward and not back, 



And lend a hand. ” 



OUR COUNTRY 


map 

Mexico 

Hudson 

million 

New York 

Boston 

Canada 

forty-eight 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

states 

Baltimore 

ocean 

Chicago 

St. Louis 

Atlantic 

country 

picture 

Philadelphia 

minutes 

A map is a 

picture of a country. This map 

is a picture of 

United States of America. 

Our United States has forty-eight 


(48) states. A state is a small country. Each is controlled by a 
governor. The Governor is elected by the people of the state. 
The states are not all of the same size. Texas is the largest state 
and Rhode Island is the smallest. 

There are many large cities in our United States of America. 
New York is the largest city in the Union. It is also the largest 
city in the world. The Union is another word for the United 
States. There are more than seven million people in New York. 
In the whole United States there are more than a hundred and ten 
million people. 

Chicago is another large city. It is about a thousand miles 
from New York to Chicago. The fastest trains from New York 
take about twenty hours to reach Chicago. We do not speak of 
kilometers in this country. We use the word miles. It takes 
eight kilometers to make five miles. From New York to San 
Francisco is over three thousand miles. Boston, Philadelphia, 
Baltimore, San Francisco, St. Louis, and New Orleans are other 
large cities. These cities are all very important. 

Chicago is the center of all the traffic that goes from the 
Western part of the country to the East. It is also an important 
port on the Great Lakes. St. Louis is the centre of the meat 


110 


packing and the cattle industry. San Francisco is the most 
important port on the Pacific coast. 

The harbor of San Francisco is very beautiful. It is called 
the “Golden Gate”. New Orleans is an important port on the 
Gulf of Mexico and takes care of a great deal of the southern 
business and trade. Boston, Portland, Baltimore, and 
Philadelphia are all important ports on the Atlantic Ocean. Of 
course New York is the most important of all. It is the center of 
trade as well as the center of the nation’s money. Most of the 
people that come here from other lands come through the port 
of New York. 

Canada is north of our country. This great country is con¬ 
trolled by England. Mexico is south of our country. 

There are many large and important rivers in our country. 
The Mississippi is the largest of all. It is nearly in the middle of 
the country and flows from the north to the Gulf of Mexico. The 
Ohio, the Missouri, and the Arkansas, flow into the Mississippi. 
These are all important as they are large enough to be navigable. 
The Colorado is one of the most important rivers of the country. 
This river is in the west, and is considered one of the most beau¬ 
tiful in the world. It flows through a great canyon that is nearly 
a mile deep in some places. 

The Hudson river is the most important river in the east. 
It flows from Albany to New York. Boats can go from New 
York to Albany on the Hudson River. The scenery along the 
Hudson is even more beautiful than the scenery along the Rhine 
in Germany. This river was of great importance during the 
Revolutionary War. 

Hundreds of small rivers are useful because they furnish 
power to run mills and factories. That is why New England is 
able to have so many factories. Where there is water power 
there are also factories and electric power plants. 

Our country does not have to depend on any other country 
for anything. In the New England states there is lumber and 
water power. Also the New England States raise a great deal of 
tobacco, potatoes and other vegetables. 


Ill 


The central states raise most of the wheat and corn, also 
millions of cattle and hogs. The southern states raise fruit, 
cotton, corn, hogs, and tobacco. The Western states raise sheep, 
fruit and cattle. 

Coal, iron, copper, silver, gold, and other minerals are found 
in the mountains in both the east and the west. Our excellent 
railroad lines carry these minerals to all parts of the country 
where they are used in making every possible article that is neces¬ 
sary for us in our homes or in our industries. 

I have been to New York. 

You have been to New York. We have been to New York, etc. 
He has been to New York. 

Have you ever been to Chicago? etc. 

I went to San Franicsco 

You went to San Francisco. We went to San Francisco, etc. 
He went to San Francisco. 

I have seen the mountains, etc. 

I saw the big city, etc. 

industry business port 

factory mill control 

laborer employee largest 

1. What is a map? 

2. How many states are there in our country ? 

3. What state do we live in? 

4. How is each state governed ? 

5. Who is the governor of your state ? 

6. Are all of the states of the same size? 

7. What is the largest state? 

8. What is the smallest state ? 

9. Name ten cities in the U. S. 

10. Which is the largest city in the U. S. ? 

11. Which is the largest city in the world? 


harbor 

direct 

biggest 


112 


12. Name five ports on the Atlantic Ocean. 

13. How far is New York from Chicago? 

14. How far is New York from San Francisco? 

15. How many people are there in New York? 

16. How many people are there in the U. S. ? 

17. Name five rivers in the U. S. 

18. Which is the largest ? 

19. What is the most important business of St. Louis? 

20. What country is north of our country? South of the 

U. S.f 

21. Name the most important product of the southern states. 

22. What are the most important products of the northern 

states ? 

23. Name five minerals. Name five uses of these minerals. 

24. Why is water power valuable to any country or state ? 

25. Where are the Muscle Shoals? What are they? 


113 


LESSON XXXII 


‘‘Honesty is the best policy/’ 


ORDERING FROM A CATALOG 


mail-order 

catalog 

subscription 

registered 


description 

careful 

reliable 

guaranteed 


everything 

convenient 

farmer 

parcel-post 


purchase 

districts 

groceries 

hardware 


It is not always convenient to go to the store to purchase 
everything that one needs. Very few stores in the country dis¬ 
tricts have everything that is needed in a home. Some stores 
handle groceries. Other stores handle hardware, such as nails, 
knives, garden tools, harvesting supplies, plows, etc. Other 
stores handle drugs, perfumes, etc., while others sell only clothing. 

In the larger cities there are stores called “department 
stores”. These are large stores which sell everything that a per¬ 
son wishes to buy. They have many departments, each depart¬ 
ment selling one thing. In the sports department, they sell guns, 
rifles, fishing rods, baseball supplies, tennis racquets, etc. In 
the music department they sell pianos, violins, banjos, music, etc. 
The largest of the department stores are in the large cities. In 
New York there are several, such as Wannamaker’s, Gimbel’s, 
Steam’s, Macy’s, and others. Philadelphia, Boston, Chicago, and 
all of the large cities also have their department stores. They all 
advertise in the daily papers, and are considered reliable. 

It is not possible for us all to go to New York though, to do 
our shopping. Therefore we purchase our supplies at the stores 
nearest our homes. Sometimes we go to the large cities which 
are near our homes in order to buy things that are not found in 
our home stores. 

Usually we can get things cheaper in the larger stores, too, 
as they buy in large quantities, which means lower prices. They 
also have a larger selection of supplies, so that if we do not like 
the first thing that they show us we can select others. 


114 


The mail order house is like a department store, except that 
you do not go to the store to buy your supplies. They send you a 
catalog, and you order whatever you wish to buy from this cata¬ 
log. These mail order houses have everything that you can think 
of from a needle to a portable garage. The catalog is a large 
book, full of illustrations of the things for sale. This catalog 
costs a large sum of money to print, but it is the only way that 
they advertise. They send these catalogs all over the country by 
mail. The goods that they sell are delivered by mail, express, 
or freight. 

Each article has a number. Also each page is numbered. 
These numbers are necessary in order that they can tell just 
what you want to buy when you send for articles. Most of the 
catalogs have order blanks inside, but if you can not find them, 
or if you have used them all up, you can order by letter. 

First be sure that you have found just the article that you 
are looking for. Then write down the number of the page and 
the number of the article. If the article has a letter too, write 
that down. Then write the size, color, and any special items that 
will help them to send the right thing. If you are ordering shoes, 
you would not say, “Please send me a pair of shoes, like those on 
page 141,” would you? No. You would give the size, the style, 
the color, etc., so that they w*ould fit and be what you want when 
they arrive. 

After you have written the number and the description of 
the article to be purchased, be sure to tell whether it is to be 
mailed to you or sent by express or freight. In every case be sure 
to give your full address. If you do not do this they will keep 
the money and wait until they find out whom it is from. In the 
meantime you will be waiting and wondering why they do not 
send you the articles ordered. 

Goods ordered in this way are often sent C. O. D. This 
means that they are sent Cash On Delivery. The mail man or the 
express man brings them to your house and you can look them 
over. If they are what you want you keep them and pay him the 
amount due. If they are not satisfactory, you can tell him to 
return them to the company. 


115 


Of course it is better to buy where you can see the goods, 
but as this is often impossible, the mail-order house is a necessity. 
Remember when ordering from a catalog to put down all the 
details about the article, send the money in a registered letter 
or in a money order, sign your name, and write your address 
clearly. If you are not just sure that the firm has what you 
want, write to them first and ask them about it. They will 
always answer you politely. Never send money in an envelope. 
Always send a check, money order or a registered letter. The 
company is not responsible for money that it does not receive, 
and money sent loose in an envelope is often stolen before it 
reaches the office. 


I am going to buy a piano, etc. 

I bought some groceries, etc. 

I will send for a catalog, etc. 

My catalog came yesterday, 
etc. 

Has my catalog come yet?, etc. 


We are going to buy a piano, etc. 
We bought groceries, etc. 

Our catalog came yesterday, 
etc. 


1. What is a department store? 

2. Have you ever seen a catalog from a mail order house? 

3. Have you ever sent for anything by mail? 

4. How did you send the money? 

5. What did you put down beside the name of the article 

bought? 

6. Did it come by mail or express? 

7. What articles would come by freight? 

8. What goods are sold in a jewelry store? 

9. What goods are sold in a hardware store ? 

10. What would you buy in a clothing store? 

11. Why can the larger stores sell goods cheaper than the 

small stores? 

12. How would you order an overcoat? 

13. How would you order a bicycle? A watch? An auto* 

mobile tire? 

14. Why is it necessary to register a letter ? 

15. Is it of any use to put a special delivery stamp on a 

letter to a mail order house? 


116 


LESSON XXXIII 


“A stitch in time saves nine.'’ 

TAXES 

income expenses taxes receipts 

police ambulance sewers sanitation 

alderman treasurer department bridges 

A man has to have some source of income in order to live. 
If his money were all going out, and none coming in he would 
soon be without funds for his expenses. A city or a country, like 
an individual, has to have money to pay its expenses. The only 
difference is that a city needs a great deal of money to pay its 
bills, while a man or a family needs only a few dollars a day. 

When a man needs money, he has to earn it. A city can not 
do this. Therefore some method must be used in order that the 
city may always have some money. 

The first thing that a city does in order to secure money is 
to place a tax on the property of the people that live in the city. 
It also taxes such luxuries as automobiles, etc. Some cities have 
a “poll tax,” which is a tax on every man, whether he is a prop¬ 
erty owner or not. By means of such taxes enough money is 
raised to pay the necessary expenses. At the beginning of every 
year the aldermen of the city, together with the mayor, make 
up a budget. This is a list of all the expenses that they 
expect to have through the year. They then see how much 
all the property is worth that can be taxed. It is then easy to 
see what part of the value of the property in the city will have 
to be collected as taxes. In some cities the rate, as it is called, 
is as high as thirty five dollars on every thousand dollars’ worth 
of property that a man owns. This money all goes into the city 
treasury. A part of it is turned over to the county and to the 
state, thus making only one tax necessary. 

Your money is usually well spent. If a bridge is broken or 
is unsafe, the city repairs it. It also keeps its streets in good 
condition. In the winter when there is a great deal of snow, the 
city keeps the streets open for traffic. This costs a great deal of 


117 


money in some places. In the large cities such as New York, 
twenty or twenty-five thousand men are often employed after a 
heavy snow-fall. 

Over half of all the expenses of the average city are due 
to its free schools. Of course the buildings come first. Many 
children have to stay in the buildings for six hours each day. 
Therefore the buildings have to be clean, have to have fresh air, 
and have to be heated. In addition, they must be up to date in 
order that the children’s eyes will not be injured by bad lighting. 
Many of the larger schools have gymnasiums, swimming pools, 
auditoriums, and libraries. The desks must be made so that they 
can be raised or lowered in order that the children will not 
become round-shouldered. The books, paper, and pencils used 
by the children also cost large sums of money. 

Teachers must be hired for all of the children. These must 
be paid by the towns. A few years ago almost anyone could teach 
school in the smaller districts and country towns. This is being 
changed, so that now a teacher must have a good education as 
well as special training. In order to teach in most of the high 
schools, a man or woman must have been through college. This 
means that after completing four years of high school, four years 
more must be spent in college. The colleges are not free. One 
can not graduate from a good college for much less than three 
thousand dollars unless it is possible to live at home. Thus the 
teacher has to pay out a great deal of money in order to be pre¬ 
pared to teach. A man or woman is usually about twenty-two or 
twenty-three years old before being ready or able to teach in a 
high school. 

To teach in a grammar school it is only necessary to be a 
graduate of a Normal School. These are usually supported by 
the state, and the only expenses to the pupil are for books, board, 
and personal expenses. The salary of all teachers depends 
entirely on the town or city where they are teaching. There are 
not so many men teaching now because of the fact that the 
salaries are too low. 

No good American wishes to see the schools become of less 
value. It is through them that our country is making such rapid 


118 


progress. If we should close our schools, or try to run them in 
a careless way, our America would soon be in the same condition 
that many of the foreign countries are. The children are entitled 
to the best that we can give them in the way of education. Of 
course anyone that has good health and ambition can always go 
through college. There are always ways for such people to earn 
their way through. If they have a hundred or even fifty dollars 
to start with, there is no reason why they can not graduate from 
any school that they wish to. There is always work for the per¬ 
son who is looking for it. 

The city also has a great many other things to look after 
besides the schools. The police department must be organized 
and kept up to the highest possible mark. If we had no police¬ 
men it would not be safe to have any property or to walk about 
at night. 

Nearly every city has its ambulance and its hospital to look 
after the very sick or those who are injured in an accident. 
An ambulance needs a driver and other items of expense, while 
the hospital needs doctors and nurses, coal, beds, blankets, 
medicine, etc. 

The fire department is another necessary expense of the city. 
Would you want to own a house in a city or in a town that has 
no fire department? What would you do in case a fire started 
when you were not at home, or during a high wind? In a short 
time your place would be burned down. The insurance com¬ 
panies also would not want to insure you in a place where there 
is no fire protection. A fire company needs a truck or horses, 
hose, hydrants, ladders, chemicals, etc. These all cost money and 
are paid for out of your taxes. 

The cities usually have paid firemen. These men 
are always ready. Small cities and towns have volunteer fire 
companies. These companies are made up of the men who are 
willing to go out to help fight every fire that may happen. These 
men are brave as well as patriotic. Of course in larger cities 
there are so many fires that volunteer companies would not be 
possible because the men would not have a chance to earn the 
money necessary to live. 


119 


Cities now are well lighted, most of them by electricity. 
Your taxes help to pay this expense. Would you want your 
home town or city to be without lights ? A town well lit at night 
means safety for your mother and sister as well for yourself, for 
thieves and bad men do not usually stay in the light. They prefer 
to do their work in the dark. 

These are only a few of the expenses of a city. It has to 
have its engineer to look after the water supply. It has to have 
its sewers in order that all waste matter may be carried away 
from the streets and houses. A city also needs a board of health 
to protect the city from epidemics, and dangerous diseases. It 
also needs money to pay for the libraries, museums, and other 
public buildings. 

The county and the state need money for the courts, the 
police, the poor houses and hospitals for the poor and the insane, 
the roads, etc. A part of your money goes to help support these. 
Do not find fault because you have to pay taxes. The best way 
is to study the reports of the city or the town treasurer and see 
that the money is being spent in the best possible way. If you 
believe that it could be spent in a wiser way, vote for someone 
else at the next election. 


spend 

spent 

spent 

buy 

bought 

bought 

catch 

caught 

caught 

see 

saw 

seen 

feel 

felt 

felt 

eat 

ate 

eaten 

fight 

fought 

fought 

pay 

paid 

paid 

ring 

rang 

rung 

need 

needed 

needed 


1. How large is your city or town? 

2. Who are the aldermen or the selectmen? 

3. How much tax do you pay? 

4. Do you have a fire company? 

5. Is your fire company a volunteer company? 


120 


6. Are vour schools as good as they might be ? 

7. Name ten expenses of your city or town. 

8. How much did your city collect last year as taxes? 

9. Are there any taxes unpaid? Why? 

10. How is the library supported? 

11. Who pays for the police? 

12. Name ten things necessary for the fire department. 

13. Name ten things necessary for the hospital. 

14. What would happen if no one paid taxes? 

15. Name some expenses of the county and state. 

16. What are the chief expenses of the U. S. Government? 

Try to see if you can write a story about the taxes that are 
paid in your town. The city prints a report. These are usually 
free to the people who live in the town. By reading this you can 
see how your money has been spent. It is your duty to take an 
interest in this matter. 


121 


LESSON XXXIV 


“This bud may be a beautiful flower/' 


laugh 

SMILE! 

laugh 

LAUGH! 

something 

order 

bright 

pleasant 

funny 

sweet 

rolling 

rollicking 

Ha! Ha! Ha! 

coffee 

lucky 

habit 

frown 

grouch 

thankful 

wrong 

suffer 

amuse 


Draw a series of faces to illustrate different expressions 
that may be seen. 

The man who cannot laugh is “out of luck”. Something is 
out of order with him. No one likes to see him come and every¬ 
one is glad when he leaves. He is like a man who always comes 
to tell you about one of your friends who died that day. 

On the other hand, the man who laughs and who makes you 
laugh is always welcome. When he comes, it seems as if the sun 
is shining a bit brighter and as if the day is pleasanter. 

The man who meets you with a smile is the man you always 
look for on the corner or on the street. If you meet a man every 
morning as you go to work and he smiles as you say “good 
morning”, you seem to be missing something if for any reason he 
is not there. You find yourself wondering during the day where 
he was and if he was sick that morning. You never think of the 
many other men you have met and who have gone by without a 
nod or a smile. 

In Germany everybody says “good morning” to everybody 
else on the street. In France people smile and shake hands when 
they wish each other a “good morning”. Each one when he 
comes into his place of work says “good morning” to his friends 
who are working with him. Here in America you will not often 
see this. Everyone is too busy and no one seems to think that a 
pleasant “good morning” means a lot to the other fellow. 

122 


Did you every try it? Did you ever try to smile until ten 
o’clock in the morning and then see how much better the rest of 
the day goes by ? Try it some time! Make up your mind 
that you will keep sweet until ten o’clock, then watch the rest of 
the day go merrily by. Try to hum a song, try to smile at the 
street car conductor, say “good morning” to the paper boy, and 
whistle on the way to your work. It will cause the day to go 
rolling along as if there were not a care in the whole universe. 

If it is cold, remember that it is a lot colder in Alaska. If it 
is hot, remember that it is hotter down in South America. If it 
rains, do as we do up in Maine, let it rain. What’s the use of 
growling ? 

If you are sweating, take off your coat. If you are freezing, 
put on your flannels. If the coffee is cold, remember that you 
are lucky to have coffee at all. If the train is late, why, you 
have that much more time to look about you and if the train runs 
off the track, be glad that you are not crippled. 

There’s an old verse that goes like this: 

“As a rule, a man’s a fool, 

When it’s hot he wants it cool, 

When it’s cool he wants it hot, 

Always wanting what is not.” 

Learn that verse and see if it is not right. As you think 
about it you will see that half of the things that seem wrong are 
not wrong at all. It’s you and I that are wrong and so we are 
looking at things from the wrong angle. 

Get the habit of smiling. Learn how to laugh and you will 
be surprised to see how many chances you get to laugh. 

Watch for the funny things and try to find the amusing 
events in the day’s work. Go to see Charlie Chaplin walk a tight 
rope or to see a fat man in a Ford runabout with linen wheels. 
If your wife is tired or cross, remember that perhaps she has not 
been outside the house. Help her with the dishes, then take her 
somewhere where there is a good show or a movie. Play horse or 
make mud pies with the “kiddies.” Make them laugh and before 


123 


you know it you will be laughing, too. It’s no use to carry a frown 
on your face. No one likes to see it and it does no one any good. 
It does you no good, either. 

Look at the paper and find the funny pictures. Tell the chil¬ 
dren what the Katzenjammer Kids have done. Try to see what 
Mutt and Jeff are up to and be thankful that you are not in Jigg’s 
place. Put yourself in imagination on a farm and play that Maud 
was your mule—listen to her “Hee Haw,” then see if you can 
imitate it. 

Every man has days that are blue and when everything goes 
all wrong—half the time it is because the liver is out of kilter or 
because jmu have dissipated. Either of these is your own fault 
so don’t make the rest of the world suffer every time they look 
at your sour face. 

On my desk I have a motto. It reads like this: 

“When the whole blamed world has gone to pot, 

And business is on the bum, 

A two cent grin and a lifted chin 

Helps some, my friend, helps some/’ 

That’s right, too. And that’s the time when a man needs to 
know how to smile or to laugh. Get the habit. Laugh every 
time you get a chance. Look at the funny things, hunt for the 
funny page, read the jokes and try to say to yourself that there is 
a funny side to everything if you can only find it. 

Try to get at least one good laugh before breakfast and you 
have started the day right. Get another good laugh before you 
go to bed and you have ended it right. 

There are thousands of ways that a man can make life pleas¬ 
anter for everyone around him. Hunt for those ways. Laugh— 
grin—smile! Don’t let anyone say that you are a grouch. 
Instead make them say, “I hope he comes around this evening 
Everything seems brighter and more worth while when I hear his 
happy, rollicking laugh and see the smile that is so catching.” Try 
it for a week and Mr. Gloom will move from your neighborhood. 


124 


LESSON XXXV 


* ‘It is a good thing to be rich, and a good thing to be strong, 
but it is better to be beloved of many friends. ” 

MOTHER’S DAY 


mother remember trouble 

forget knows wear 

flower hungry carnation 

button-hole friend forgotten 


debt 

ready 

tired 


protect 


My mother is my best friend. She knows all about me and 
no matter what 1 do she will always love me and take care of me. 
If I get into trouble she will be sorry and will help me. 
If I am sick she will take care of me. She may be 
sick herself, but she will not mind that if I need her. When I was 
small and could not take care of myself she helped me. Now that 
I am older and am taking care of myself she is still ready to 
help me. 

My mother is old now. That is why I must be good to her 
and that is why I should see that she does not need anything at 
any time. She must never be allowed to work until she is tired. 
She must never be allowed to be hungry or cold because I owe 
her every comfort that I can get for her. I can never pay the 
debt that I owe her. Next to God I must love and protect her. 
She is the one that is always thinking of me and that is always 
wanting to be near me. 

I am glad that I have a mother and I want everyone to know 
that she is my best and truest friend. No matter what comes up 
my mother must come first in everything that I do. 

Many of us have our mothers with us. Others are far from 
their mothers and do not see them in many years. Even if we do 
not see them we do not forget them. Many of us who are far 
from home send our mothers money so that they can buy the 
things that they need. In this way we show them that they are 
never forgotten. 

On the first Sunday in the month of May of every year, you 
will see many men wearing a small white flower. This 


125 


little white flower shows that the man is not with his 
mother, but it also shows that on that day he has written a letter 
to her and that he is thinking of her. Any white flower will do, 
but most men wear a white carnation. 

White is the color chosen because it stands for purity and 
love. Carnation is the flow'er chosen because we can find it all 
over the country. Sunday is the day chosen because on that day 
most of us can listen to sermons on home and mother. Let us 
remember that on this day, “Mother’s Day,” as it is called, we 
are always to write to her and also let us remember that on this 
day v/e are to think of the debts that we owe to our mothers. 
The only way to pay these debts is to have her in our 
minds, and throughout the day we are to do and say only the 
things that we would like to have her hear and see. 


read 

write 

friend 


enemy 

remember 

forget 

hungry 

satisfied 

send 

receive 

away 


here 

work 

play 

cold 


warm 

go 

went 


gone 


see 

saw 


seen 


give 

gave 


given 


am 

was 


been 


My mother lives in. 

. She is very.. 


not seen her for many. She writes to me every. 

I write to her and send her. 

She is my best. 

. No 

matter what I do she will always. 


and will try to. 

me. I must be... 

.. .to my mother. I owe her every. 

that I can get for her. 





Every year on the first.in.we are supposed to 

think a great deal about our mothers. On that day we, who are 

far from.should.a.to. White is the 

color chosen for the.that we should... .in our. 

to show that we.... our mother and her.for us. 


126 


















Note : Have oral sentences made containing the above words. 
Try to use the perfect tenses. 

Read about early life in the homes of New England, laying 
particular stress on the work of the women in the country. 

Read the story of the work of Florence Nightingale and of 
her work in Crimea. 

Read about the work of Clara Barton. 

Give a brief story of Molly Stark, and of some of the pioneer 
women in our histories. 

Read about the work of the Red Cross women, the Salvation 
Army, and the other women who did so much for our own men 
during the last war. Read of the work of our women during the 
“flu” and during the periods when the hospitals were full. Have 
these stories all lead up to the point of the lesson—that upon the 
mothers depends the nation. 


127 


LESSON XXXVI 


“Where there’s a will, there’s a way.” 


THE IMMIGRANT 


immigrant 

food 

farm 

geese 

citizen 

cattle 


person 

expensive 

raise 

truck 

acres 

millions 


reasons 

fresh 

chickens 

family 

character 

Europe 


intend 

vegetables 

ducks 

someone 

honest 

independent 


An immigrant is a man who has left his own country to come 
to our country. He may have come here for many reasons. No 
one asks him why he has come. The only question that is asked is 
what he intends to do when he gets here. 

Most of the immigrants make the mistake of staying in the 
large cities. They do this because they come to the city first and 
stay there for a few days. They get a job and find some friends 
or relatives. They then stay in the city to work in some factory 
or in some shop. This is not wise. It is very foolish for many 
reasons. 


The man who stays in the city earns much money. However, 
it costs him more to live in the city. It is not so healthy. In the 
summer it is hotter and in the winter it is more unpleasant than 
in the country. Food is more expensive and it is hard to get all 
the fresh vegetables that one wants. 

The United States is a large land. It is larger than most of 
the countries of Europe. We have much land and land is not 
very expensive. If the immigrant would go into the country, buy 
a small farm and raise vegetables or grain, he would make much 
more money than in the city. 

He can buy a farm and pay for it as he earns the money. He 
is his own boss. All that he earns, or all the profits go to his 
own account, and in a few years he will have a good house and 
farm all paid for. There is always a chance to sell all the chick¬ 
ens, ducks and geese that a man can raise. Corn, beans, pota¬ 
toes, peas, etc., are always needed in the cities. A man can get 

128 


horses or a truck, plant his crops, attend to them and then sell 
them. He is free and can do as he likes. 

Any man who has five hundred dollars can get a good farm 
in a good place. He can pay the rest at different times. In a 
few years the farm is all paid for and he is the owner of a piece 
of land that is worth more than he paid for it. Any land that has 
been taken care of is worth much money for there are always men 
who want to buy a nice farm. 

Almost every place in the country now is near to a school 
and Church. The children can grow up healthy and strong. 
They can also go to the public schools. 

The man who stays in the city will have to rent a flat or a 
house. He will not be alone but will have other families in the 
same house. He will have to pay a high price for a rent. His 
children will have to play in the streets. The movies and the 
theatres will be the only places where the children can go after 
school. In the country they have plenty of room in the fresh air. 
In the city when a man who owns the house wants more money 
he raises the rent. You will have to pay the increase or get out. 
On your own place in the country no one can tell you to pay 
more or to move. 

In the city you will have to work for someone else. In the 
country you are working for yourself. The harder you work and 
the better care you take of your crops, the more you will make 
and it will be your own money. If you live on a farm, you 
are helping the country for you are helping to raise 
the food that the rest of the country needs. By doing this 
you are making it a better country to live in. You 
are helping to feed the other people and by raising things for 
food you are helping to keep the prices of food down. If you are 
living in the city you are not raising food, but consuming it and 
in that way you are helping to keep the prices up. 

After you have become a citizen, the United States will give 
you a farm. It will give you a hundred and sixty acres free. All 
that you have to do is pay a small sum for registering your 
claim and then live on it for a few years. During these years you 
must build some sort of a house to live in and cultivate so many 


129 


acres of land every year. You may raise anything that you wish 
to. After the time is up the land is yours. You may stay on it 
or you may sell it. What other country will give you one hun¬ 
dred and sixty acres of good land free, just to help you to get a 
good home and to have you raise something that can be sold to 
the rest of the country? 

The United States is open to almost anyone who wishes to 
come here to live or work. All that is asked is that the person 
have a good character, be in good health, and not have been in 
prison for certain crimes. He may do what he wishes after 
being admitted. 

The first thing to do is to take out citizenship papers. 
The first papers may be taken out as soon as you come into the 
country. The second papers may be taken out after you have 
been here for five years. Any person in the Red Cross, any school 
principal, or any Judge will be glad to help you get them. After 
you get the second papers you may vote or hold any office that 
the people elect you for. Every office in the land except that of 
President may be open to you. You can vote fcr whom you wish 
and no one can tell you not to. You may also go to any part 
of the world and the Stars and Stripes will be behind you to pro¬ 
tect and guide you. 

America is the land of Opportunity. Every man can do that 
which he wishes to do. He may come and go as he wishes. He 
may say what he wishes to say and read what he wishes to read. 
Every man will help him if he wants to be helped and every thing 
that the government can do to help him will be done with a good 
will. All that is asked is that the man be honest, obey the laws, 
and try to be a good citizen. Our schools are free and we have 
Universities where any man may study without expense other 
than his meals and room. The churches are open to all and the 
libraries are for everyone’s use. Lectures, music and pictures 
are found in all cities and every small country place is under the 
eye of the great government at Washington. 

If you have a farm, the government will help you to select 
the best seed and tell you how to raise the best crops without 
expense. If you have cattle, the Government will tell you the 


130 


best way to feed and take care of them. If you have a business of 
any kind the Government will furnish you with information as to 
the best way to runjt for the greatest profit. If you are sick, there 
are free hospitals to help you to get well and if the children are 
not well, there are free clinics to advise you about them. 

Thus you see that the government can help you in many 
ways, and in turn you can help it. Work hard, pay your bills, 
obey the laws, mind your own business and see that your neigh¬ 
bor is made to obey the laws and you will find that this is the 
greatest land on the earth in which to live. Your children will 
grow up well and educated. They will be free to go wherever 
they wish to go and they will have the knowledge that their 
father was one of the millions of immigrants that came here, made 
good, and became a real American. 


Remember: 

“ent” does not spell “unt”. 
“mg” does not spell “in”. 

“w” does not sound like a “v” 
“v” does not sound like a “w” 


(Government, different) 
(singing, reading) 
(elevator) 

(weather, what, where) 


gate (a kind of door) 
pane (a square of glass) 
fair (clear, light) 
break (to shatter) 
steak (a piece of meat) 
rap (to knock) 


gait (a way of walking) 
pain (an ache) 
fare (price of a ticket) 
brake (a mechanical part) 
stake (a post) 
wrap (a cover) 


131 


LESSON XXXYII 


“I believe that a man should be proud of the city in which he 
lives, and so live that his city will be proud of him.” 

THE BALLOT 


secured 

second 

election 

vote 

privilege 

office 

except 

attend 

political 

party 

largest 

complicated 

Republican 

Democrat 

Socialist 

Prohibition 

platform 

plank 

question 

elected 

cross 

square 

stickers 

candidates 

clerk 

booth 

machine 

list 


After you have secured your second papers it becomes your 
right to vote at every election that is held in your city or state. 
No one can tell you that you must not vote. Also no one may 
tell you how you ought to vote. Your employer or your friend 
may want you to vote for him. It is your privilege to do so. If 
you know of a better man, though, it is your duty to vote for him. 
As soon as you can vote you may also be elected to any office 
except that of President. The best way to get acquainted with 
the way the city is run is to attend the political meetings that are 
held. These are usually public. 

We have several political parties in this country. The two 
largest are the Republican and the Democratic. The Prohibition 
and the Socialist parties are also represented at elections. Since 
the women have the right to vote the parties are more complicated. 
It would be impossible in a book of this sort to tell the differences 
between the parties. Each has a different “platform” or 
“plank” which is made public before election. You can read 
this and in a measure you can tell what the different parties 
intend to if they are elected. In a city or town there is not 
so much difference between them. You will probably know the 
men and what they stand for and can vote for the one that you 
think is the best man for the position. 

In the larger cities it is mostly a question of party. All par¬ 
ties will promise to clean up the mess that the other parties have 


132 


made. The newspapers will praise the party that they favor and 
will say that the other party is worthless. You cannot vote intel¬ 
ligently if you depend on one paper only for advice or informa¬ 
tion. The best way that I know of is to try to find out some¬ 
thing about the men who are after the office. 

Try to find out why they want to be elected. Find out what 
they have done. Find out if they make politics their business 
and try to see if they have ever done anything to help the city 
or the country. If they have, then vote for them. If they have 
not, you may be quite sure that they want to be elected in order 
to get a job that will pay them a good salary and will not require 
much work. 

In most places on election day they will give you a long strip 
of paper. At the top of the paper there will be a number of 
squares. There will be a square for each party. If you want to 
vote for the whole list of men in one party make a cross in the 
square at the top of that column. You must not make more than 
one such mark. If you do it will spoil your vote. When you 
have made the cross you have voted for every man on that list 
and you have voted what is called a “straight” ticket. 

If you wish to vote for the men of one party with one or 
more exceptions, you make the cross in the square and then cross 
out the name of the man you do not wish to vote for. You can 
write in the name of the man for whom you wish to vote in the 
space for it. Most of the candidates have little slips of paper 
with their names on that you can stick in the places where other¬ 
wise you would have to write. These little slips of paper are 
called “stickers”. The men to be voted for are called 
“candidates.” 

The place where you go to vote is called the ward room. 
When you go in, there are men to show you how they want you 
to vote your ticket. If you have decided before you go, they 
cannot persuade you to vote any way except the way you have 
decided to. You then walk over to the rail and give your name 
to the clerk. He will check your name off the list and will give 
you a ballot that is folded up. You then go through the gate 


133 


into the “booth”. Do not open your ballot until you go into the 
booth. Vote as you wish to, fold up your ballot and go over to 
the other clerk. Tell him your name. After he has checked off 
your name on the list that he has you may drop your ballot into 
the box. No one has seen your ballot, no one has seen you mark 
it so no one can tell how you have voted. 

In some places they have voting machines. The man there 
will explain how they are operated. 

Be sure that you know how to mark your ballot before you 
go into the booth. Be sure to make a cross in only one of the 
squares. Do not write your name on any of the ballots that you 
have. 

You have done your duty by voting. The carrying out of the 
laws and the making of new ones is now up to the men who have 
been elected. If they do well and you trust them, vote for them 
the next time. If you think that they have not done their best, do 
not vote for them again. 

Be sure that you register before election on the day set. 
Also see that every one in your family that has the right to vote 
registers too. Every citizen over twenty-one years of age may 
vote, provided he is not in prison, on the poor farm, or in the 
hospitals for the insane. Remember that it a crime to receive 
money for your vote or to give money for anyone to vote for you. 
Help us to keep our elections clean and report any one that is not 
doing the right thing. Any man who will vote twice or more 
times, or anyone who will offer you a bribe for your vote is not a 
true American. He is not fit to live in this great land and 
deserves the punishment that is provided for his kind. 

1. What is a ballot? 

2. What is meant by ‘ ‘ candidate ” t A “ sticker’ ’ ? 

3. Why should every citizen vote? 

4. What are the largest parties in our country? 

5. How often do we vote for the President? 

6. How often do we vote for our Governor? 

7. What is the chief man in a city called? 

8. What is meant by the “sheriff”? 

9. What are aldermen ? 

10. What are taxes? 


134 


11. How do you vote a straight ticket? 

12. How do you vote a split ticket? 

13. How can a ballot be spoiled? 

14. Tell how you get your ballot, what you do with it and 

where you go to mark it. 

15. Why is it necessary to register before the election? 

16. Why should America come first? 

17. Why should every man help keep the politics clean? 

18. Who is the President now? When was he elected? 

To what party does he belong? 

19. Who is governor of your state ? 

20. Who is the Mayor of your city? 

21. Who is President of the school board of your city? 

22. Why is it wise to talk over politics at home? 

23. Why can’t you believe all that the newspapers say 

about the candidates? 

24. Would you like to be a mayor of a city? 

Note—Have a sample ballot made out. Discuss-the ballot. 
Dramatize an election. Have men act as clerks. Have papers 
folded up like ballots. The men can make ballots enough to go 
around. Have their names on two lists. Let them call for their 
ballot, go to a corner and mark them, then have them check in to 
the second clerk and deposit their ballot. Have two or more to 
count the ballots and report on the result. The teacher should 
cast a ballot also. 

After the election discuss the ballots that have been spoiled. 
Tell about woman suffrage and what it means to the country. 
Have a debate if possible on this question. 

Copy and discuss: 

To vote is to express my desire as to how I want my country 
to be run. I will not vote for any man until I am sure that he is 
a good man, an honest man, and a true citizen. After any man 
has been elected to an office I will do my best to help him in every 
way. I place my country first. My city and my family will 
come next. My own good will come after that of my America. 
My vote is my own, to do with as I wish to. I must use it so that 
I can tell my family that I have done my best with it. 


135 


LESSON XXXVIII 


“A man without a purpose is like a ship without a rudder.” 


FOURTH OF JULY 


holiday- 

people 

enlisted 

different 


parade 

sacred 

marching 

promise 


decided 

settle 

celebrate 

hero 


soldiers 

proud 

pledge 

loyalty 


The fourth of July each year is a Holiday. We call it the 
birthday of our country. We call it the birthday of the United 
States because on the fourth of July, 1776, the people of this 
country decided that they would be free and that this country 
should govern itself. 

In order to be free, a small army was enlisted and for about 
seven years they fought against England, who had governed us 
since the country began to be settled. After the war was won, a 
few men from the different states, or colonies, as they were then 
called, met at Philadelphia, and wrote the Constitution. They 
then decided to call these states the United States of America. 

All over the country the people are celebrating the day as a 
holiday. The stores, factories and shops are all closed. Flags 
are flying from nearly every home. Under some of the American 
flags are other flags, showing that the people are still loyal to the 
heroes of the last great war. These flags are red and white with 
blue stars. Some of them have a gold star in the centre. 

There are parades with bands playing, flags flying and 
soldiers marching. Some of the lines have Boy Scouts in them, 
some have long lines of veterans, and some have automobiles filled 
with those soldiers who have been wounded in war or who cannot 
march. 

Fourth of July comes once in every year. It is sacred to 
every American. It is on that day that every one should think 
about the men who have fought and died for our country. The 
soldiers who are marching have fought or are ready to fight for 


136 


our America. By their marching with our flag they are saying 
to us, “Here we are. We love our America and by our marching 
before you we are showing you that we are ready today, if neces¬ 
sary, to honor our flag by dying for it. By our marching we are 
showing you that America means love, duty and honor, and by 
our carrying the Stars and Stripes we are pledging ourselves to 
keep it flying. We want you only to remember that it is your 
flag and your America, too.” 

Everyone feels a lump in his throat when he sees the flag 
floating in the breeze, and the soldiers marching by. Some of us 
feel like crying because we have lost a brother, a son or a 
father who was killed while fighting to keep the country and the 
flag safe. Some are crying because they had a friend who once 
marched away under the flag and who did not return. The flag 
with the gold star means that someone in the family flying the 
flag was killed in the last war. Everyone should feel that he 
would be proud of the chance to march under the flag and thus 
tell all who see him that he is ready if this country should need 
him. 

The Fourth of July is not a play day. It is a day for think¬ 
ing and for promising a new loyalty to our America. Fourth of 
July means that we are celebrating the birthday of the best land 
on earth. It means that we are seeing the men who have fought 
and who will fight for us and that we are cheering these men who 
tomorrow may be our defenders. 

America means liberty and freedom. It means loyalty. It 
means bravery and honesty. Think of it! Try to think what 
America means to you and then when you get home after having 
taken off your hat to the flag when carried by for you to see, tell 
your family that America will mean more to you than ever before. 
In this way everyone will learn and know, that America, OUR 
America; YOUR America and MY America, will always be known 
as the land of the free and the home of the brave. 

Verb Forms. 

I am not working today. 

You are not working today. Have the class fill in the plural. 
He is not working today. 


137 


I fought for my flag. 

You . 

He. 


Have the class fill out the plural. 


1. How often does the Fourth of July come? 

2. Why do we have such a holiday? 

3. Why do the people fly flags from their homes? 

4. Why do some flags have a gold star in the centre ? 

5. Why are the soldiers marching? 

6. How do you feel when you see the parade and the flags 

and hear the bands playing? 

7. Were you in the last war? 

8. What should you do when the flag is going by? 

9. Would you fight or die for your country? 

10. Do we have to have a war in order to prove our loyalty ? 

11. In what way can we be good Americans without being 

soldiers? 

12. What does America mean to you? 

13. Would you fight for the right as well as for your 

country ? 


Read the story of Nathan Hale, and try to get inspiration 
from his words, “I only regret that I have but one life to give to 
my country.’’ 

Read about John Paul Jones. 

Tell about the National holidays in your own lands. 

Poems for reading 

“Hats off! The Flag is passing by!” 

“Breathes there a man with soul so dead.” 

Repeat and teach the oath of Allegiance. 


138 




LESSON XXXIX 


1 ‘ It’s never too late to mend. ’ ’ 


HOW TO FIND INFORMATION 


information educated dictionary 

number ignorant useful 

understand knowledge magazine 

material anywhere reliable 

camera leather certain 

answers cement wish 

explanations bullet different 


paving 

questions 

invented 

encyclopedia 

correct 

bulletins 

printed 


Information is knowledge. To get information about a 
certain thing means to find out about it. If you do not know a 
person’s telephone number and cannot find it in the telephone 
directory, you call up and ask for “Information”. If you are 
going anywhere and cannot find the train time, you go to the 
desk marked “Information”. If you are in a city and want to 
find the way to a certain place, you ask the policeman for 
* ‘ information ’ \ 

The telephone number, the train time, and the way to find a 
person’s home, are however, only three of the things which we 
often wish to learn. It often happens that we want to know what 
a certain word means, what makes the water boil, or what another 
city has done about certain things that are being talked about in 
our city. Every day you see something that you do not know 
about. Someone talks about a man of whom you have never 
heard. You ask your friends and they cannot tell you who he is. 

On the street cars you will see people wearing shoes of dif¬ 
ferent colors. They are all made of leather. Why are they not 
the same color? As you cross the street you notice the different 
kinds of material that are used. One street has cement. Another 
has concrete. Another is paved. Still another has wooden 
blocks on it. Why are not all the streets made of the same 
materials ? 

How does a camera take a picture? Who was Pasteur? 
What makes the noise when a bullet leaves a gun ? Who was our 


139 


first President? Where does the wind begin? Why does 
water not run up hill ? What is the Aurora Borealis ? What is 
alcohol made of? What does “ Hydrophobia” mean? 

These questions are always coming up to us and we often 
intend to find out the answers to them. When we get to the shop 
we ask the men there and they do not know. At home there is 
no one who can tell us and still we do not want to go on seeing 
things that make us curious and not be able to find out the WHY 
of them. 

Why does the sun rise in the East instead of in the West? 
Why does the moon come up in the evening instead of in the 
morning? What is an egg made of? Who made the first watch? 
What is radium? Who was John Paul Jones? Where are the 
Virgin Islands? How many people are there on them? What 
did we pay for them? Who invented the steamboat? 

Can you answer these questions? If you cannot answer 
them, could you find the answers to them? 

Every question has an answer. No one can answer all ques¬ 
tions but nearly every man can answer one or more of them. 
These answers and explanations have been put into books. 

If you come across the word “extemporaneous’* or you hear 
someone use it and you wish to find what it means you can look it 
up in the dictionary. The dictionary contains every w r ord in the 
language with its correct pronunciation and meaning. There¬ 
fore every man should have a dictionary. It is handy to carry 
in your pocket and a large one is very useful in the home. You 
can get a dictionary at all prices, from a few cents to several dol¬ 
lars. Most of them are very good. It is not necessary to buy an 
expensive one. Get the clerk in any book store to show you them 
and they will usually recommend the best one. 

You will never be able to learn our language well without a 
dictionary. If you study the dictionary you will be able to speak 
and write better for you will know many more words and the 
correct places to use them. If you use the dictionary when you 
try to read the newspaper you will find that it is much easier to 
read it intelligently 


140 


The words are arranged in the dictionary in the order in 
which they are spelled. All the words that begin with an “a” 
come first, then “b” and so on. You use the dictionary in the 
same way that you use the telephone directory. After you have 
looked up a few words it will be easy to find any word that you 
want to find. 

The next place to find information is in the encyclopedia. In 
the encyclopedia you find out about the things you do not know 
about. If you wish to find about Mr. Peary, the American who 
found the North Pole, you will look at the back covers until you 
find the encyclopedia with the letter “P” on the binding. Turn 
the pages until you come to “PE”, then look further until you 
find “PEA”, then “PEARY”. You will then see a great deal 
under that name. It will tell you when and where he was born, 
where he went to school, what he did, what trips he made, when 
and where he died, and many other things about him. Then when 
you hear someone speak of him you will know about whom they 
are talking. 

Nearly everything that you wish information about will be 
found in the encylopedia. These are more expensive than dic¬ 
tionaries but they have more in them. A dictionary tells you 
only words. The encyclopedia tells you all about things. If you 
wish to secure information about powder, hunt for “POW” 
then “POWDER”. You will then find a whole column or more 
information about powder. You will find out who made the first 
powder. The whole story of powder will be told so that you can 
trace it from the first powder which had to be set off with a 
match to the present powder that is exploded by a fuse and which 
will go off without noise, flash or smoke. 

If you have a dictionary you can find out about words. An 
encyclopedia will tell you about persons, places and things. The 
best way to get an encyclopedia if you cannot afford to buy a new 
one is to go to any of the second hand book stores and they will 
be able to sell you one very cheaply. With these two books to 
study you can make of yourself a well educated man. You will 
also spend many pleasant evenings for the encyclopedia is 
interesting. 


141 


Every library has encyclopedias. The librarian is always 
glad to show you them and to help you find the place you want 
in them. 

Very often you may want to read about something that has 
happened in the business world, or to read a story that was 
written in some magazine. If you do not know the name of the 
magazine or the date, ask the librarian for a copy of “Pooled 
Index” or the “Reader’s Guide”. These books give a list of 
nearly everything that has been written in all the magazines, 
whether fiction, finance or invention. Hunt for your desired 
article in either of these as in the dictionary or the encyclopedia. 
Then ask the librarian for the magazine that is referred to as 
having the article that you want. As the libraries have bound 
volumes of many magazines, you will not have any difficulty in 
finding what you want to read. 

Of course, many questions cannot be answered in a few 
words. You may need to ask for a book on the subject. 

The United States Goverment has printed many papers which 
are called “bulletins”. These are small books which are free. 
The librarian will be glad to tell you which ones you can get. 
You then write to Washington for them. She will give you the 
address and within a short time they will come to you. These 
bulletins are on every subject that you can think of, from measles 
to farming. The wise man makes use of these bulletins, for the 
information he gets is accurate, reliable and free. Our govern¬ 
ment is glad to send them to you whenever you want them. They 
spend a great deal of money to have them written and printed so 
that the information may be given to all. 

There is no reason why any man who can read should be 
ignorant. Every opportunity is near for him if he wants to take 
it. Libraries are free. Dictionaries and encyclopedias are cheap 
and easily secured and the Government has hundreds of small 
books that can be obtained without trouble or expense. 

Get busy! Determine to learn! Spend a half hour every day for 
a month reading something instructive and you will find that you 
have formed a habit that will get you a better position and that 
will make you happier for life. 


142 


Suggestion: 

Bring an encyclopedia with you or get one at the office 
and look up whatever the teacher asks you to find 
and read it. Give a practical demonstration as to 
the value of both the dictionary and the encyclo¬ 
pedia. Ask hard questions. Try to look up the 
answers before the next lesson. Read them and ex¬ 
plain. Retell. If you can get a copy of the “Book of 
Wonders,” you will find it invaluable from now on. 

Copy and Discuss: 

My America needs men with brains and intelligence. No man 
needs to be ignorant in this country. As soon as I can, I will read 
one book every week. I will try to find out about something new 
every day. I will be a better citizen if I am well-educated. 
Therefore I will not lose a chance to learn. My family must not 
say that I do not have enough intelligence to want to study about 
what I see. 


143 


LESSON XL 


“Reputation is what men think you are. 

Character is what you know you are.” 

BOY SCOUTS 

The Scout Oath 

“On my honor I will do my best to do my duty to God 
and my country. I will help other people at all times. I will 
keep myself physically strong, mentally awake and morally 
straight. ’ ’ 


walking 

describe 

cheerful 

prepared 

desire 

group 

cook 

polite 

advantages 

woods 

serious 

clean 

physically 

better 

uniform 

different 

courteous 

wisdom 

fields 

message 

helpful 

mentally 

training 

future 


Very often as you are walking along in a city or in the coun¬ 
try you will see a group of boys in uniform, led by a man who is 
also in uniform. They do not carry rifles, so they are not 
soldiers. They have a small pack on their shoulders, a canteen, 
and small axe and a coil of rope tied to their belts. 

These boys are “Boy Scouts”. To scout means to look 
around or to hunt for and that is what these boys are doing. 
They are loking around in order to learn what is going on in the 
woods and the fields. Also they are hunting for knowledge of 
various kinds. The man with them is helping them and teaching 
them. 

Scouting, as the boys call it, is a form of education that is 
based on interest and on desire to grow up to be better men. 
Girls also have their scouts which are called “Girl Scouts”. 

In America there are over half a million boys who belong 
to the Boy Scouts. They are in every state in the Union and 
almost every city. Almost every town has its troop. With these 
groups are the men who are giving their time and training to 
the boys to help them become real men. 


144 


Fifty-seven countries of the world have organized troops of 
Boy Scouts. Almost every nation that has been civilized has real¬ 
ized that the boys of today will be the men of tomorrow and that 
the boys who are now in the schools will soon be doing their parts 
in controlling the world. 

Any boy twelve years of age may become a Boy Scout, 
provided he learns the things that are necessary for a Scout to 
learn, and provided that he takes the oath that means so much 
to every boy. 

Scouting gives the boy many advantages. First it gives him 
something to do between the hours when school closes and bed¬ 
time. It gives him wisdom in outdoor things which help fight 
the evils of the city life. It gives him mental growth, informa¬ 
tion, and interest in the things that appeal to every boy. 

The Scout Oath and the Scout Law will show you the real 
spirit of Scouting. Every Scout is expected and trained to do a 
“good turn” every day and to “be prepared”. 

Every Boy Scout must take the following oath: 

On my honor I promise I will do my best: 

1. To do my duty to God and my country and to obey the 

Scout law. 

2. To help other people at all times. 

3. To keep myself physically strong, mentally awake, and 

morally straight. 

Every scout must also learn the following law: 

A scout is trustworthy. 

A Scout is loyal. 

A Scout is helpful. 

A Scout is friendly. 

A Scout is courteous. 

A Scout is kind. 

A Scout is obedient. 

A Scout is cheerful. 

A Scout is thrifty. 

A Scout is brave. 

A Scout is clean. 

A Scout is reverent. 


145 


The Boy Scout motto is: BE PREPARED. 

Scouting makes real men of real boys. The boy is given a 
chance to see and to study nature and its wonders. He is given 
this chance under the best of conditions. He is with a group of 
boys who have the same interest that he has and is under men 
who are interested in the development of the best side of the 
boy’s nature. 

Every Boy Scout is expected to keep on learning as long as 
he is a member of a troop. When he enters he must learn the 
Scout law and the Scout Oath, motto, the salute, and know the 
meaning of the badge. He must know the history of the Ameri¬ 
can flag and the forms of respect due it. He must be able to tie 
nine different knots with a piece of rope that is given to him. 

After a boy has passed the above tests and has been in the 
Scouts for at least one month he may pass the following tests to 
become a second class Scout: 

1. First Aid: Know the general aid and treatment for 

fainting, shock, fractures, bruises, sprains, burns, 
and scalds; know how to carry the injured; the use 
of the triangular and the roller bandages. 

2. Know the alphabet of the Signalling Code. 

3. Track half a mile in twenty-five minutes. 

4. Go a mile in twelve minutes at Scouts’ pace. 

5. Use a knife or hatchet properly. 

6. Know how to build a fire in the open, using not more 

than two matches. 

7. Cook a quarter of a pound of meat and two potatoes 

in the open without using any cooking utensils. 

8. Earn and deposit at least one dollar in a public bank. 

9. Know the sixteen principal points of a compass. 

When a boy has been a Second Class Scout for two months, 
he may become a First Class Scout by passing the following tests: 

1. Swim fifty yards. 

2. Earn and deposit at least two dollars in a public bank. 

3. Send and receive a message by semaphore in a stated 

time. 

146 


4. Make a round trip of seven miles and describe the trip. 

5. Prepare and cook over a camper’s fire two articles of 

food. 

6. Advanced first aid, fire prevention, treatment for mad 

dog and snake-bite, sunstroke, freezing, poisoning, 

nosebleed, earache, cramps, artificial respiration, etc. 

7. Read and make a map correctly. 

8. Use an axe properly. 

9. Judge size, weights, distance and height within twenty- 

five percent. 

10. Describe ten kinds of plants or six kinds of native wild 

animals. 

11. Show that he has lived up to the Scout Law and Oath. 

12. Enlist and train a boy for the Scouts. 

After he has become a first class scout he may secure merit 
badges for special work in many lines. These include a great 
variety of interests, such as advanced first aid and life saving, 
art, athletics, automobiling, bird study, bugling, business, carpen¬ 
try, cooking, horsemanship, printing, scholarship, wireless, etc. 

After you have read the above you can easily understand that 
becoming a scout means that the boy is going to learn the first 
steps in taking care of himself. He is going to be a better boy 
because his interests are kept up in things that are worth while. 
He will be with boys that are studying the serious things and he 
is going to see more and more that his honor is to come first 
always. 

Scouting is not merely playing. It is a way to teach the boy 
the things that the schools do not teach. He will be a better boy 
around the house, in the school and at play if he is living up to 
his Scout promises. 

If you have a son, a brother, or a friend who is interested in 
the Scouts, do all that you can to keep up his interest. If he is 
not interested, find out where there is a Scout Troop that he can 
join and then help him to get interested. In that way you are 
doing the boy a real service. Some day when he grows up he 
may thank you for it. 


147 


The Government and the various cities have often called on 
the Boy Scouts to help them. During the war they did wonder¬ 
ful work in helping with the Liberty Bond drives. In cases of 
bad fires, earthquakes, or floods, they have been called on by the 
various mayors to help. In all church work they have shown 
that they are willing to do all that is asked of them. Their one 
object is to make better boys, so that as they grow 
they will be better and more useful men and citizens. 

This has been a long lesson on Boys. Its purpose has been 
to try to explain to you the meaning of Scouts and what they 
stand for. Do not laugh at them but try to help them. Always 
remember that what you do for a boy is done for a future man, 
and for the country. Boys will appreciate it and they will soon 
know that you are interested in them and in their welfare. 


148 


LESSON XLI 


“A rolling stone gathers no moss.” 

PUNCTUATION MARKS AND CAPITAL LETTERS 

noticed 

sentence 

stop 

question 

capital 

You have noticed in this book that there have been many 
little marks that were not letters, pictures, or words. Perhaps 
you have wondered what they were for and when they are to be 
used. 

Each one of the marks has a different name and has a differ¬ 
ent use. The little dot ( . ) is called a period. This is always 
put at the end of a sentence. A sentence is a statement. When you 
have said something, you stop. When you stop the people who 
are listening know that you have come to the end of that remark. 
You do not have to say “period”. They know when you are 
through. In writing, though, it is different. You have to tell 
people when you are beginning on another statement or they 
would not know it. Just think what a mess we would have if 
there were no periods at the end of the different sentences. 
When you are writing a letter or anything else, put a period after 
each complete statement. Then the reader will know that you 
are going to begin on another thought. 

When you ask a question you use a question mark. This 
looks like a button hook and whenever it is seen it shows that the 
reader has reached the end of the question. It is made like this 
( ? ). If you remember the lesson “How to Find Informa¬ 
tion,” you will remember that it contained a large number of 
question marks. 

If you use a word or a sentence that shows surprise or excite¬ 
ment, use a mark like this ( !). It shows the reader that what 
has been written was to express something more than an ordinary 
thought. If you yelled fire, you would not say, “fire, fire,” you 


quoting 

records 

period 

statement 

surprise 


country 

exact 

quotation 

comma 

something 


excitement 

finished 

person 

street 

conversation 


149 


would say, “FIRE! FIRE!” You would shout it as if it were 
to call someone’s attention and call the attention quickly. It is 
the same when you write something that is more emphatic than 
the usual word. 

After you have finished a statement and want to begin 
another, you must always use a capital letter. This is a large let¬ 
ter. A capital ( a ) is made like this, (A). A good rule to 
remember is that every sentence must begin with a capital letter, 
end with a period and tell a complete thought. 

Capitals are often used in the English language. Whenever 
you write a person’s name, the days of the week, the months of the 
year or the name of a street, you use a capital letter to begin the 
word. You also use a capital when you are writing the name of a 
city, a country, or a river. It is easy to remember this rule if you 
watch for them as you read. It will then become natural to see 
them and if you do not put them in at the right places the writing 
will not look correct to you. 

The marks ( “ ” )are used to show the exact words which a 
man has used. The exact words are called quotations. These 
marks appear often in stories where there is a good deal of con¬ 
versation and in all records of trials in court. Only use them 
when you are writing the exact words that another man has used. 

We have several other marks, such as the comma, like this 
( , ) which is used in sentences that contain more than one 
idea. A comma is used to separate the ideas. The apostophe, 
( ’ ) is used when you want to show possession, such as when 
writing “It is John’s hat”. These will be seen often and must be 
noticed so that you may know why they are used. The semi¬ 
colon ,( ; ), the colon ( : ), and the dash ( — ) are not used so 
often. Your teacher will tell you when to use them in your work. 


period ( . ) 
comma ( , ) 
question mark ( ? ) 
capital ( R ) 
apostrophe (’ ) 


Semi-colon ( ; ) 
colon ( : ) 

exclamation point ( ! ) 
quotation ( “ ” ) 
caret ( ) 

parenthesis ( ) 


150 


1. When are capitals used? Give at least ten illustrations 
showing the use of capitals. 

2. When is a period used? 

3. When is a question mark used? 

4. When is a statement said to be complete? 

Use capitals when needed and punctuate the following: 

I saw him in the street he was on his way to work and I said 
that it was a fine day he did not see me he kept on walking until 
he was at the station he noticed that he had lost his pocket book 
he borrowed a dollar of me for his fare I am sure that he will 
give it back to me some day soon. 

Put capital letters where they belong in the following exer¬ 
cise : 

john was in new york and he saw mr. smith on broadway. 
he said that harry was also in there and was in harrison’s store 
on chestnut street near riverside drive. I wanted to go to 
new york with john because i have never seen new york nor the 
hudson river, some day i am going in my ford and see william 
walker, he is my cousin and is manager of the dreamland 
theater on grove street. 

Find all the punctuation marks on one page and tell why 
they are used. 


151 


LESSON XLII 


“Don’t count your chickens before they are hatched.” 


SPELLING REVIEW 


telephone 

close 

women 

scarlet fever 

emergency 

valuable 

family 

examination 

central 

possible 

peanuts 

button-hole 

injure 

firepails 

garden 

library 

reason 

extinguishers 

pleasure 

wear 

mistake 

prevent 

nothing 

carnation 

information 

waste paper 

park 

debt 

purpose 

heat 

collect 

fourth 

question 

oily rags 

pond 

decide 

trouble 

building 

noise 

ready 

alarm 

ashes 

clear 

tired 

anyone 

public 

pleasant 

about 

nearest 

explain 

animals 

mother 

fight 

answer 

branches 

reason 

water-lines 

alphabet 

benefit 

measles 

window 

social 

pretty 

serious 

property 

transact 

controlled 

regular 

extinguish 

polite 

taxes 

clinic 

damage 

necessary 

benches 

district 

butt 

operate 

stuffy 

fault 

stove 

temper 

evening 

sickness 

matches 

receiver 

charge 

mumps 

redhot 

matter 

visit 

hospital 

mice 

location 

holiday 

operation 

attic 

excited 

people 

expense 

business 

drafts 

enlisted 

trouble 

party 

opening 

flying 

nurse 

remember 

Pyrene 

parade 

child 

invent 

chemical 

sacred 

stomach 

talk 

quickly 

marching 

grippe 

number 

careless 

promise 

doctor 

smile 

kerosene 

settle 

attend 


doctor 

difficult 

thunder 

shower 

fire 

sight 

cool 


cigarette celebrate 


attention 

hurting 

cure 

children 

wrong 

different 

understand 


gasoline hero 


cigar soldier 

chimney proud 

enjoy pledge 

expenses loyal 

flowers forget 


Review the words in the lesson as they come. Spend at least 
two or three evenings on the review words. This is not merely to 
teach the words but to teach their USES. Write at least one sen¬ 
tence containing each word in the lesson. Write sentences con¬ 
taining two or more of the words in each. Then discuss words as 
“patient” and “clear” which can be used in several different 
ways. Make sentences containing these words used in as many 
ways as possible. Find words that can be used as nouns, as verbs 
and adjectives. Use these orally first, then written. 

Try exercises and games on the board, then in rotation. 
Have one man start a sentence and let each man add a word. As 
the sentence is finished, the man giving the last word is to say 
“period” or “question mark”. Put blank sentences on the board 
to be filled out by some other member of the class. Try a spell¬ 
ing match. Dictate an exercise for rapidity and accuracy. 


153 


LESSON XLIII 


‘‘All that you do, 

Do with your might. 

Things done by halves 
Are never done right.’’ 

THE AMERICAN FLAG 
How to Treat the Flag 

The man in uniform salutes in a military manner when the 
flag goes by. The man in civilian clothes, however, stands at 
attention with his hat off. His hat is held in his right hand 
against the left shoulder. This same rule applies when “The Star 
Spangled Banner” is being played. 

Don’ts 

Don’t ever let the flag touch the ground. 

Don’t use it as a table cloth. 

Don’t use the flag for a sofa pillow top or as a silk handker¬ 
chief. 

Don’t twist it into fancy designs. Use bunting. 

Don’t use it in any form of advertising. 

Don’t let anyone else use the flag in any of the above ways. 

Don’t forget that it is YOUR FLAG. 

In any parade the United States flag is carried ahead of any 
other flag that may be carried in the parade. Carry the Ameri¬ 
can Flag at the right of any other flag that the color guards may 
be carrying. 

When the United States flag is crossed with others, drape 
the Stars and Stripes at the onlookers’ right. No other flag or 
emblem should be permitted to fly above ours. When the flag is 
put on a speaker’s table, let nothing rest upon it except a Bible. 

On Memorial Day the flag should be raised to the top of the 
pole, then lowered to half mast until noon. After noon the flag 
is hoisted to the top where it remains until sunset. Always take 
the flag down before night. 


154 


The Navy claims that John Paul Jones raised the first 
emblem which was called the Grand Union Flag, on the frigate 
Alfred at Philadelphia, December 3, 1775. The army claims that 
George Washington first flew it over his headquarters at Cam¬ 
bridge, Mass., January 1, 1776. 

The Stars and Stripes were officially recognized on June 14, 
1777. It was then decided by Congress that the flag should have 
thirteen stripes, red and white, and thirteen stars, white in a blue 
field. At first the stars were placed in a circle but later as new 
states were added the stars were placed in rows in order to make 
room for them. In 1795, when Vermont and Kentucky came into 
the Union, there were added two more stripes and two more stars. 
When more states were ready to come in, it was seen that the plan 
of adding new stripes would make the flag look like a bread 
toaster, so the Congress decided to go back to the original flag 
with thireeen stripes, merely adding a new star for each state. 
We now have forty-eight stars. 

The flag to us means everything which is sacred in 
Patriotism. It is for this reason that we protect it and that we 
insist on its being used with reverence and courtesy. 

The Oath of Allegiance: 

“I pledge allegiance to my flag and to the Republic for 
which it stands; one nation indivisible, with liberty and justice 
for all. ,, 


155 


LESSON XLIV 

‘‘If we would amend the world, we should mend ourselves.’’ 

THE AMERICAN NEWSPAPER 


interesting 

happen 

written 

artists 

various 

disloyal 

wisely 

page 

circulation 

literature 

desire 

editor 

decide 

whole 

truth 

instructive 

type 

different 

business 

desirable 

events 

expensive 

poison 

printed 

articles 

front 

world 

insult 

editorial 

headlines 

advertising 

progress 


The American Newspaper is an interesting way of finding 
out what is going on over the whole world. It tells the news of 
the old country as well as the news of America and our city. 
Nearly all of the newspapers have the same news about the 
foreign countries. The news about America is usually a little 
different in the various papers. It is not wise to believe all that 
is in the newspapers, though, for it is sometimes badly mixed up n 
At election time it is especially difficult to know what is the truth 
for every paper has a different way of telling about the questions 
which are to be voted on. 

The papers cost different prices. Before the war they were 
one cent, and some of them were two cents. Now they are two 
cents and some are three cents. This does not pay for the paper. 
It helps, of course. The advertising is what pays the expenses 
and gives the profits. The cost of advertising is greater in the 
papers which have the most circulation or sale. This is because 
more people read that paper and in this way more see the adver¬ 
tisements. Advertising is expensive but it pays the man who is 
advertising. It helps him to sell his articles all over the city or 
state where the paper is read. The magazines which are sold all 
over the country also have a great deal of advertising. Some¬ 
times these advertisements cost several hundred or even 
thousands of dollars per page every time the ad is inserted. 


156 


Expert artists and writers are employed to write the ads. They 
are written so that they will be interesting and so people will 
read them. Very often after they have read the ad they will 
decide to buy the article which is advertised. 

As soon as you buy your paper you will see on the front page 
several lines of large type. These words in the large letters are 
called headlines. They list the most important events of the day. 
These are the items that the boys shout about when they are sell¬ 
ing the papers on the streets or in the stations. These headlines 
are very apt to mislead one. They may tell of some murder or 
crime which is not worth reading. They may also tell about 
something that is not really true. The story is written in such a 
way that the reader believes that it must be so. Other headlines 
are true. They tell of some great event that may interest the 
whole country such as the news of a great flood or a fire or a 
strike that will affect thousands of families. Do not waste your 
time reading what is only sensational. There is always so much 
in the paper that is really worth while. The headlines attract you 
to the paper. They do not tell you the whole story. 

The news of importance about the country is always the first 
thing to read. After you have read this turn to the editorial 
page and read what the editor has to say about the question. The 
editor usually reads about the same thing in several papers and 
then he writes what he thinks of it. It may not be just what you 
think but it usually has a good bit of real truth and many sugges¬ 
tions that you can wisely think over. This part of the paper, the 
editorial part, is the most instructive part of the whole sheet. It 
is on this page that you can get the summary of the causes of the 
various things which have happened and an idea of what results 
to expect. If you read the editorials carefully every morning you 
will soon have a good knowledge of what is going on in the coun¬ 
try. You can then talk wisely on the subject when it is discussed 
in the shop or at home. 

In this country we have several papers which are not desir¬ 
able. They are the papers that are always making trouble. 
They are not careful to tell the truth and they write articles which 
are meant to hurt someone. Their greatest effort is to write 


157 


about the scandals that take place—murders, divorces and the 
matters which should not be talked about. Do not buy these 
papers. Do not read them. There are so many good papers 
which can be bought that it is not wise to read those that are 
not written to help the readers. These bad papers are called 
“yellow journals”. 

Another bad type of paper has been printed here since the 
war. These are the papers that teach anarchy, revolution, strikes 
and disloyalty to country. They are often found in homes where 
the people do not fully realize the harm that might be done by the 
children reading them. They are usually printed in some 
language other than the English. You will know them as soon as 
you start to read them. They will tell you how much you suffer 
and why it is not necessary. They will also tell you that you are 
not getting your share of the wealth of the world and that if you 
will all get together you can destroy the government and the 
men who are controlling the country. This is dangerous material 
to read because it will make you unhappy and discouraged. It 
often makes men believe that they are not being treated fairly in 
this country. This is the kind of printed matter that causes noth¬ 
ing but trouble. It breeds disloyalty and hate and makes good 
men turn against those who are giving them work and good pay. 
When you get such a paper, take it to your teacher or to your 
friend who has been here a long time and ask him if it is not the 
kind of paper that makes trouble. If you can, find the man that 
writes the material for the paper. Find out where he came from 
and why he left the old country. Find out if he ever did an 
honest day’s work. Ask him if he has ever been to jail. Then 
ask him if he is a citizen of this country or if he has his first 
papers. You will almost always find that he had to leave his own 
country because he had to run away or go to jail. You will also 
find that the only work he ever does or has done is to write just 
such things as he is now writing. 

His paper does not carry good advertising. It is usually 
printed in some place where it cannot easily be found and the men 
who work for the papers have bad records. This is not the way 
that the good papers carry on their business. 


158 


When you have found out that he is not a citizen, that he 
does not mean to become a citizen and that he tries to tell you that 
the country is all wrong and that another government would be 
better than ours, let him know that you are a loyal Amerrican. 

Stand up for your country and do not let him insult it. If 
the paper keeps coming, report it to the teacher or to your em¬ 
ployer and soon the nation’s secret service men will get the pub¬ 
lisher. He will be punished. If the men where you work get the 
paper and talk as if they believe what is written in it, let them 
know too, that you are a loyal citizen of your new country. Tell 
them that you left the old country to come here because this is a 
land of education and greater opportunity. That is why most of 
them came here, too. 

Do not let this type of newspaper or literature poison your 
mind. Look for a paper which has a good word for the country 
and its welfare. Buy the paper that has clean reading in it and 
that has only such reading matter in it as is good for the boys 
and girls of your family to read. 

The newspapers are our greatest source of information. Read 
only those things that make you wiser and better after reading 
them. It would be very difficult to get along without the news¬ 
papers. It is better though, to have no paper at all than to have 
one that makes you feel that the country and its government is 
all wrong. 

Any librarian will be glad to help you select a good paper. 
Take this paper every day and spend at least a half hour reading 
it. Besides telling you the news it will help you learn our 
language. If you have a chance to read aloud you will soon see 
that you are making rapid progress in the English language. 
You will also have a better knowledge of what you have read. 


loyal 

disloyal 

whole 

entire 

whole 

part 

search 

hunt 

expensive 

cheap 

difficult 

hard 

wisely 

foolishly 

expense 

cost 

1. Do you take any newspaper regularly? 

2. Why do we have newspapers? 



159 


3. 

4. 

5 . 

6 . 

7. 

8 . 
9. 

10 . 

11 . 


Do all newspapers cost the same? Why not? 

Why does the newspaper carry advertisements? 

What is the cost of advertising based on? 

Name six sections of a newspaper. 

What are the headlines? 

Who writes the editorials? 

How do the newspapers get the foreign news? 

Have you ever tried to read aloud? 

Do you know that the best way to learn to speak a 
language correctly is to read aloud for fifteen or 
twenty minutes daily? 


Have a copy of a paper in the class room. 

Discuss the parts of the paper. 

Discuss the headlines. 

Discuss the editorial page after the headlines. 

Give an illustration of sensational news compared with 
official news. 

Discuss the advertising page. Read several small ads from 
the classified ad page and tell why it is practical to 
use the paper as an advertising medium. 

Tell about the financial page. 

Compare the value of newspapers and magazines. 


160 


Ex-President Harding’s Newspaper Creed 

The late Warren G. Harding, long before he became presi¬ 
dent, posted on the wall of the editorial room of his daily paper, 
the Marion, Ohio, “Star,” the following as his newspaper creed: 

“Remember there are two sides to every question. Get both. 

“Be truthful. 

“Get the facts. Mistakes are inevitable, but strive for 
accuracy. I would rather have one story exactly right, than a 
hundred half wrong. 

“Be decent. Be fair. Be generous. 

“Boost—don’t knock. There’s good in everybody. Bring 
out the good in everybody and never needlessly hurt the feelings 
of anybody. 

“In reporting a political gathering get the facts. Tell the story 
as it is, not as you would like to have it. 

“Treat all parties alike. If there’s any politics to be played, 
we will play it in our editorial columns. 

“Treat all religious matter reverently. 

“If it can possibly be avoided, never bring ignominy to an 
innocent woman or child in telling of the misdeeds or misfortune 
of a relative. Don’t wait to be asked, but do it without the asking. 

“Above all be clean. Never let a dirty word or a suggestive 
story get into type. 

“I want this paper so conducted that it can go into any home 
without destroying the innocence of any child.” 


161 


LESSON XLV 


“Get thy tools ready: God will find thee work.” 


BUSINESS TERMS 


conversation piece article 

contract difficult bought 

employer contractor agree 

labor employer salary 

fragile workman buy 


employ 

refuses 

position 


pay 

purchase 


At the place where I work I hear and read many words that 
are not used in general conversation. Many of these are “slang” 
and many of them are words that are used only in business. 

Slang is used a great deal by nearly everybody but it is not 
good English. Expressions such as “shooting the bull,” “can 
it”, “where do you get that stuff,” “cut it out,” “beat it*” etc., 
are used very often. Almost before we know it, we are using 
these words in the home and at work. It is difficult to avoid 
using slang but it is more difficult to stop using it after one has 
used it for a time. The best way is to be sure that the word used 
is the right word and that it is not slang. 

Such expressions as “time is money,” “no time to waste,” 
“hurry up,” are not slang, but are perfectly correct. A “hustler” 
is one who is always busy and who gets results from his work or 
play. “Piece work” is the best way for a hustler to work for 
that means that he is getting paid by the unit for what he is doing. 
Wages, salary, and pay mean about the same. The boss or the 
foreman is the man who is in charge of a workroom or a 
group of men. The superintendent is the man in charge of all 
the work. The paymaster is the man who figures out the sum of 
money due every man. 

Sometimes a man agrees to do a certain piece of work for a 
certain sum of money. Houses are usually built in this way; 
roads and bridges are built with such an agreement; and very 
often a building is moved under the same plan. This means that 
the man in charge of the work has to have it done by a certain 


162 


date and at a certain price. The man who makes the agreement 
is called a contractor and the agreement is called a contract. The 
contractor must be able to figure out how many men it will take 
and the time that they will need. He can then figure in his profit 
and state his price for the whole job. If the agreement or con¬ 
tract is changed or given up, it is called 11 cancelling the contract. 

A factory and a mill are about the same. A shop is a small 
mill. A man who is being paid for working in a mill or in any 
other place is called an employee, a laborer, or a hand. The man 
who hires the employee is called the employer. 

The time-keeper is the man who keeps a record of how many 
days each man works. He gives this record to the man in the 
office who makes up the payroll. The bookkeeper is the man 
who keeps a record of all the transactions that the firm makes. 
When anything is paid for at once it is called a cash transaction. 
Goods bought to be paid for later are bought “on credit.” When 
goods are paid for the buyer receives a receipt. 

To buy or to purchase is the same, and to sell or make a sale 
is also the same. The shipping clerk is the man who attends 
to the sending away of the things that are sold and that are to be 
delivered to any place. Goods are shipped by express, by freight, 
by mail or by truck. They are also shipped by steamer. We use 
the word “ship” any time that we mean “send”. “Fragile” 
means that an article can be easily broken and that it must be 
handled with care. To rush an order means that it is not to be 
delayed. 

Goods sent C. 0. D. are sent before they are paid for. These 
letters mean “Cash on Delivery”. The mail carrier or the express- 
man will collect the money for them when he delivers the articles. 
He makes a small charge for this and sends the money back to 
the shipper. This is generally done when the purchaser wants to 
see the article before he pays for it. 

Profit and gain mean the same. Loss is the opposite of gain. 

It is the employee’s duty to do his best for the man who is 
hiring him. If he does not like the work or the man he is work¬ 
ing for, he should try to get another position and work for an- 


163 


other man. Very often, however, it is the man’s own fault if he 
does not get along well. 

Remember, when working for anyone, that you are being 
paid for the best you can do. By killing time you are really 
stealing from your employer and by making a poor piece of work 
you are really stealing from the man who will buy it, thinking 
that he has paid for a perfect piece. If you make something that 
is not in the best possible condition and say nothing about it, then 
you are doing wrong. The man who is paying you believes that 
you have finished a good piece of work and sells it to someone. 
This man thinks that he has bought a good article. Soon he finds 
out that it is not good and he says that he has been cheated. He 
refuses to buy anything more from the man who sold it to him. 
He tells others that he has been cheated by the man for whom 
you are working and this man loses his customers. It is in this 
way that the men who are not honest in their work hurt the men 
who trust them. 

This country must keep on being at the top in manufacturing 
and in wages paid. It must be the best country in the world for 
the man who has to work. To keep it so we must all do our best 
so that every piece of work that we finish may go out as an honest 
piece of material and as a piece that will not make the man who 
buys it say that someone has cheated him. By being honest we 
will build up our reputations and our trade, which in turn will 
build up our bank books and self-respect. 


employer 

employee 

find 

lose 

difficult 

easy 

work 

play 

refuse 

agree 

always 

never 

work 

labor 

correct 

right 

salary 

pay 

position 

place 

difficult 

hard 

article 

piece 


1. Whom do you work for? 

2. How long have you worked for this firm? 

3. Who is your employer? 

4. Who is your foreman ? 

5. Do you work by “piece work”? 


164 


6. How often do you get paid? 

7. What is the paymaster's duty? 

8. What is meant by workman’s compensation? 

9. How can an employee be disloyal to his employer? 

10. What is the result of honesty in business? 

16 North Street 

Portland, Maine. 
Nov. 16, 1921. 

J. B. Morris and Company 
Port Jervis, New York. 

Gentlemen: 

Enclosed find money order for twelve dollars and fifty cents, 
($12.50) for which please send me the following articles: 

Article Catalog no. Description Price 

Please send them by parcel post to the above address. 

Very truly yours, 

H. R. HARRIS. 

Write for various articles advertised in magazines. Correct 
the letters before the class. 

Write for positions, references, information and for samples. 
Review lesson on checks and money orders. 


165 


LESSON XLVI 


“When in God thou believest, near God thou surely will be." 

TOMORROW! 


failure 

success 

study 


knowledge 

stranger 

useful 

questions 


tomorrow language 

yesterday entirely 

future ahead 

important myself 


correspondence 


Yesterday has gone. I cannot change it. Today is here. 
I can use it. Tomorrow is coming. My yesterday was experi¬ 
ence. My today is the result of my yesterdays. My future will 
be what I plan today to make it. If I plan well and do not give 
up, then I can face the future knowing that the world will be 
better for my having lived in it. 

Tomorrow is one of the most important words of the 
language. It means the future. My whole life will be made up 
of tomorrows. These tomorrows will depend on the todays. 

If I waste the todays, then the tomorrows will not be of 
value to myself, my family, or my country. If I use the todays 
to the greatest extent that I can, I can face the future with 
hope and without fear. 

What I am in the future depends entirely upon myself. In 
this country I have every opportunity that I can desire. I have 
heard of many men who came here as strangers, poor, not know¬ 
ing the language, and who have reached wealth and fame. I have 
just as great a chance as they had. 

Everything that a man needs in order to become useful or 
successful can be found in this land of opportunity. There are 
schools where he can learn the language and study every subject 
in the world. There are great factories where he can learn the 
trades and the art of making goods. There are great fields 
where he can learn the secret of raising food and there is a gov¬ 
ernment that will help him raise two bushels of corn where one 
was grown before. 

I shall soon be through this book. I shall soon be able to 
read the newspapers. I shall soon become a good citizen of the 


166 


United States of America. Then I shall have to face the question 
of the future. What is it to be? What shall I have gained 
through learning to read and write? Shall I always do the same 
that I am doing now? Shall I say to myself, “Now I have finish¬ 
ed my book. I can read and write. I am satisfied”, or shall I 
say “I have finished my FIRST BOOK. Now I must find 
OTHERS. The books shall help me make my tomorrows worth 
while”. 

Your future depends on yourself. No one else can plan or 
think for you. No one can make you better than you want to be. 
But everyone else will be glad to help you when you have decided 
to keep on towards the limit of success. Hitch your wagon to a 
star and keep on going into the great spaces on the other side of 
today. Determine to do something worth while and the whole 
country will be behind you to help. 

To read and write is only the key to the great future. You 
may take the key, open the door, look in and turn back. If you 
do this then you are a failure and you will always be among those 
who only work, eat, and sleep. 

If you take the key that has been given you, open the door to 
the great future and walk boldly in looking for greater worlds 
then you may be sure that you are realizing that the future will 
hold great things for you. You will not be satisfied with merely 
knowing how to read and write but you will want to know more. 

There are many ways to continue the education which you 
have begun. The cities have trade schools where you can learn 
some trade or study the arts. These schools are free. All that 
they ask is that you try to better yourself so that America will be 
better because you have come here. 

If you wish to study at home you can study any subject that 
you wish to by writing to a Correspondence School for a booklet 
telling about their courses. There are several of these that are 
excellent. Your teacher will be glad to help you get your course 
selected. These schools teach you by mail. You keep at your 
regular work and do the lessons at home in the evenings or in 
your spare time. The course can be paid for as you go on with 


167 


it. When it is finished, the schools will usually have a good 
position waiting for you where you can get the benefit of having 
studied. You can study any profession or trade that you think 
you are fitted for or that you would like to take up. Engineering 
courses, bookkeeping, draughting, and mechanical trades are 
only a few of those mentioned. The school sends you the lessons 
to be completed. When one is finished, you mail it to the school 
and all mistakes are marked. The lesson is then sent back to you 
to be done correctly. When it is well learned, other 
lessons are sent you until the course is completed. Examinations 
are given frequently to test your knowledge of the subject. You 
will not be making a mistake or spending your money foolishly if 
you write to some good school regarding this way of learning. 

Business schools are in every city. In these schools you can 
study typewriting, shorthand, bookkeeping, banking and business 
law. Many of these have evening courses for men who are work¬ 
ing during the day. It usually takes about a year to complete 
these, although it all depends on yourself. If you progress rapidly 
it will take you less. You can advance in the work as fast as you 
are able to. When you have finished you are sure of a good posi¬ 
tion. The rest will depend on yourself for there are always open¬ 
ings for good men. 

After you have secured your citizenship papers you may have 
an opportunity to work for the United States Government. There 
are thousands of good positions open in every line of work. 
Decide what you want to work at, and while waiting for your 
papers take a course in that work. As soon as you become a citi¬ 
zen you may take the examination for the position. If you pass 
the examination with a certain mark you will only have to wait 
for the appointment. This position will be permanent. It will 
pay you a good salary, will be pleasant work, with short hours 
and regular increases in pay, with promotion in the service. 
Positions are open in every line of work that you can imagine 
from the Mail service to teaching in the Philippine Islands. Any 
postmaster will give you a pamphlet telling of the positions open 
with a list of the things that you will have to know about in order 
to pass the examinations. 


168 


These are only a few of the opportunities that will be open to 
you in this country. You have made a start. You have begun 
the right way. You have learned to read and write, you have 
learned a few of the things that are seen in every day life in the 
country; now it is up to you to “make good”. The door to the 
future is closed, but you have the key that will open it. You 
have the key named “KNOWLEDGE”. Keep this key, increase 
your store of knowledge, and every day will see you nearer the end 
of the journey that leads to success. Then you can write to your 
family and friends in the old country and tell them that America 
has meant opportunity for you and that America has also meant 
success and happiness. 

Don’t forget this one point—you have as good a chance as 
any man in the world. The whole country is back of you to help 
you and the whole country will give you credit when you have at 
last made good as a man and as an American. 


tomorrow 

yesterday 

past 

future 

success 

failure 

remember 

forget 

finish 

begin 

send 

receive 

entirely 

wholly 

information 

knowledge 

great 

large 

finish 

complete 

glad 

happy 

occupation 

employment 


1. Can you read and write your own language? 

2. What do you want to do five years from now ? 

3. Do you study at home? 

4. Can anyone else make you learn? 

5. What are trade schools for? 

6. Would you like to go to college? 

7. What is a business college? 

8. What is a “correspondence school”? 

9. What are State Universities for? 

10. Why should everyone learn to read and write ? 


169 


LESSON XLVII 


4 ‘Conceit may puff a man up, but it will never prop him up.” 


THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 

(I) 

millions 

treaty 

annexation 

conquered 

expose 

important 

purchased 

consist 

settle 

acres 

adopted 

grown 

controlled 

possession 

protect 

Lincoln 

Puritans 

claimed 

Washington 

reason 

constitution 

certain 

charter 

claimed 

annex 

Pilgrims 

colonies 


Philippines 

president 

independence 


Draw a map of the United States showing the 

various addi- 


tions to the original thirteen colonies. Outline these additions 
with dates. 

The United States has millions of acres of good land. For 
this reason millions of people have come here to live. Plenty of 
land means plenty of food and work. 

In the beginning several nations including England, France, 
Spain, Holland and Sweden sent men over here to explore and 
take possession of the new land called America. Columbus was 
the first man to reach land on this side of the Atlantic, so Spain 
claimed her share which was mostly in the south and southwest. 
England sent men over here and claimed the land along the 
Atlantic. She also sent settlers over here to make homes. 

The Dutch settled in what is now New York state and had 
farms and posts for trading with the Indians. France sent some 
men over here and they claimed Canada and the Mississippi 
valley. Their men explored the Ohio river and built forts along 
the line that separated their claims from those of the English. 
They sailed down the Mississippi to what is now New Orleans and 
claimed practically all of what is now our central and middle 
west. They came to trade with the Indians and to spread their 
religion as well as to have their share of the “New World”. 

The Dutch possessions were taken by the English. After a 
war betwen England and France the English took the greater 
part of the French possessions. Spain sold her share, which 

170 


included Florida, to us in 1819. 

The people from England settled colonies between the 
Atlantic Ocean and the Allegheny mountains. They all remained 
under the king of England but were governed by the men who 
had bought the land or who were leaders of the people who came 
over. Several of the colonies were settled by people who wished 
religious freedom. Of these colonies, Massachusetts was settled 
by the Puritans and the Pilgrims, Pennsylvania was settled by the 
Quakers, and Maryland was settled by the Catholics. When the 
land along the coast was all taken up, there were thirteen 
colonies, each independent of the other, but all under the English 
rule. 

England did not rule justly. She made many laws which 
were unjust to human beings, and which took away certain 
rights. She also insisted on taxing them in ways that they 
thought oppressive. She would not permit them to take a part in 
the government so in 1776 the colonies rebelled and declared 
themselves free. On July 4th, 1776, the “Declaration of Inde¬ 
pendence” was signed in Independence Hall in Philadelphia. It is 
this date, July 4th, which we celebrate every year as our National 
Birthday. 

War was then carried on until 1783 when peace was signed 
at Paris, France. During this war France helped us a great deal 
with both men and money. You will often hear of the name 
“Lafayette”. He was one of the Frenchmen who came over to 
help us in the struggle for freedom and it was partly in return for 
this that we felt we should help France in her hour of need during 
the last great war. 

After the war, which was called the Revolution, was over, the 
thirteen colonies sent men to meet and talk over plans for uniting 
and making a good government. If they had not done this, they 
would have been at the mercy of Europe again for various coun¬ 
tries would have united over there and have conquered us and 
again made us their property. 

This committee spent a long while discussing the various 
plans for uniting the colonies in a way that would be fair to them 
all. They decided that a constitution or a set of laws should be 
made to govern the new Union. Thomas Jefferson was selected 


171 


to write this constitution. It was practically the same as the con¬ 
stitution that we now have. This document is preserved at 
Washington and may be seen there. 

When the constitution has been finished, it was submitted to 
the various colonies and was accepted by them. It provided for 
a president and the other officers of the government whom we 
now have. George Washington, the man who had commanded our 
armies through the Revolution, was chosen for the first 
President. A few years later the capital was located at Washing¬ 
ton, which was about the centre of the United States then. 

Soon after this the United States began to grow in size. 
France was having trouble with England again and in 1803 sold 
us her land in this country. It had been called Louisiana and con¬ 
sisted of about 875,000 square miles. It extended from the 
Mississippi River to the Rocky Mountains and from Canada to 
the Gulf of Mexico. This piece of land was greater in size than 
the whole of Spain, Portugal, Italy, Hungary and the Balkan 
States. We paid France $15,000,000 for it. 

In 1819 we bought Florida from Spain. This was larger than 
all of Denmark, the Netherlands, Belgium and Switzerland. We 
paid over $5,000,000 for this. 

In 1845 we secured Texas by annexation. 

In 1846 we secured the land which now includes Oregon, 
Washington and Idaho from England. 

In 1848, after a short war with Mexico we bought the land 
which now’ comprises the states of California, Nevada, Utah, 
Arizona and a part of New Mexico, from Mexico. In 1853, we 
purchased the rest of that section from Mexico. 

In 1867 we paid $7,000,000 to Russia for Alaska. This has 
grown to become one of our most valuable purchases. 

In 1898 we secured the Hawaiian Islands, together with most 
of the Philippines, Pine Island, Guam and the Samoan Islands. In 
1902 the rest of the Philippines came into our possession. 

In 1917 we purchased the Virgin Island from Denmark, at a 
cost of $25,000,000. Thus you can see at a glance how our land 
has grown. Any history will tell you the details of all these pur¬ 
chases and of their values. 


172 


LESSON XLVII1 


‘‘Human improvement is from within outwards.” 

THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (II) 

In 1812 we had our second war with England. She had 
begun to seize our ships and their cargoes. She searched our 
vessels and took from them the men who had been born in Eng¬ 
land. These she took to England and made them fight in her army 
and navy. She claimed that simply because they were Americans 
did not mean that they were free from her. It also meant that 
the Americans were to be tested again, this time on the water, to 
see if they could maintain their independence. She soon found 
out. Such Americans as Perry, Lawrence, and Hull soon taught 
her that the Americans could fight on the water as well as on the 
land and soon England was again to take her place at the table 
to sign another treaty, telling the world that she had again been 
defeated by the Americans. 

This treaty told the whole world that American citizens 
would be protected, no matter where they were bom. It also 
told the world that any man who had declared himself an Ameri¬ 
can was free, no matter where he might be and that America was 
to be let alone on the sea. 

It was during this war that the poem, “The Spar Spangled 
Banner” was written by Francis Scott Key. The English had 
burned our capital at Washington and were bombarding the fort 
at Baltimore in order to enter that city also. This song has never 
been adopted by Congress as our National Anthem although it is 
always played on all formal occasions, and is rendered the cour¬ 
tesy of a National anthem. Whenever it is played people rise and 
remain standing until it is finished. 

Between the years of 1789 and 1865 the people began to 
move into the new lands that we had acquired. New states were 
being added to the Union, most of them being only a wilderness 
before a few brave men and women, called pioneers, had the cour¬ 
age to leave their homes in order to settle in new places. 


173 


Between the years of 1861 and 1865 the United States was the 
scene of a civil war. There were several questions involved. 
One of these was the right to hold slaves. The other was the 
greater question which could be decided only by war—whether a 
State had the right to leave the Union when it wished. To keep 
the Union solid and to prevent any state from leaving it, the 
states in the north united against those states in the south which 
had left the Union. The war lasted four years and the Union was 
saved. 

The most important man during this war was Abraham Lin¬ 
coln, the President. He was reared in extreme poverty. He 
learned to read by the light of a log fire. His slate was a smooth 
board and his pencil was a piece of charcoal. His books were 
secured from neighbors who lived far from his cabin. He did 
farm work until he had reached the age of twenty-two. He 
clerked in a store for a year. He served as a captain in the Black 
Hawk war, and later served in his State Legislature. 

In 1860 he was elected President. Pie declared the slaves 
free and ordered the States that had seceded from the Union to 
return. They refused and in order to save the Union he declared 
war. He was re-elected as president during the war. 

Shortly after the close of the war he was shot and killed by 
a man named Booth, an anarchist. Thus died the greatest man 
of our history, a man who had shown himself to be the friend of 
the whole people, the emancipator of the slave and the saviour of 
the nation. 

The war with Spain was another chapter in our history. We 
did not seek this war. Spain had been mistreating Cuba and to 
heln Cuba we asked Spain to cease her cruelty and injustice. The 
matters grew worse instead of better. The battleship Maine was 
sent to Cuba to protect the Americans there and on the morning 
of February 15th, 1898, it was blown up with all on board. War 
was declared on April 25th. Our navy was sent to the Cuban 
Waters and our soldiers were sent into the island. The Spanish 
fleet was destroyed and Spain surrendered. As a result of this 
war we freed Cuba and secured the islands of Porto Rico, Guam 
and the Philippines. 


174 


No country loves peace more than ours; yet in 1917 we were 
to enter another war which was to be for the freedom of the 
people of the world and for the safety of all nations. We did not 
fight for money nor for land. As President Wilson said, “The 
world must be made safe for democracy. Its peace must be 
planted upon the tested foundations of political liberty. We 
have no selfish ends to serve. We desire no conquests, no domin¬ 
ions. We are but one of the champions of the rights of 
mankind. 91 

We all know of this terrible war and its ending. Let us all 
pray that this land may never know another and that from now 
on we may live in peace and quietness. 

This has been a mere outline of our history. Hundreds of 
books can be secured which will tell you all about the growth and 
the development of our America. Hundreds of books can also be 
secured which will tell about the great men who have lived and 
died in this great land and who have helped make the history of 
our land. You can get these at any library or bookstore. You 
will find them instructive and interesting. Read them whenever 
you can, for only in this way can you learn the whole story of the 
United States of America. 


175 



LESSON XLIX 


“See! There is Jackson standing like a stone wall!” 

OUR GOVERNMENT (I) 

The President of the United States is the most important 
man in the politics of our country. He is elected every four years 
in a general election. He may be re-elected. No President has 
served more than two terms. It is not forbidden, but it is a sort 
of an unwritten rule. Each party nominates its candidates and 
these candidates are then voted for. The election of the presi¬ 
dent takes place on the first Tuesday after the second Monday in 
November of every fourth year. President Harding was elected 
in November, 1920. The president must be a native-born Ameri¬ 
can, although his parents may be of any nationality. He is in¬ 
augurated in the March following his election. This means that 
he takes his oath of office on that day and assumes the duties of 
President. The President receives a salary of $75,000 per year 
together with an allowance for travelling. He lives at the White 
House in Washington. 

The Vice-President must also be a native-born American. He 
would take the President’s office in case that office should for any 
reason become vacant. The Vice President is the President of 
the Senate. 

The members of the cabinet are appointed by the President. 
The Senate approves of these appointments before they are 
definite. These men are at the heads of the various departments 
of the government. 

The members of the cabinet are as follows: 

Secretary of State Secretary of the Navy 

Secretary of the Treasury Secretary of Agriculture 

Secretary of War Secretary of Commerce 

Attorney General Secretary of Labor 

Postmaster General 

The above men are chosen by the President as men who are 
especially capable in the work which they are to do in their 


176 


departments. They may be of any party although they usually 
belong to the same party as that to which the President belongs. 

Congress 

Congress is made up of the two “Houses,” the “Senate,” 
and the “House of Representatives”. The senate is made up of 
men elected by the people at a general election. Each State has 
two senators. The House of Representatives is made up of people 
voted for in the general election. The number of representatives 
is based on the population of each State. Each State is divided 
into districts for this purpose. Thus, New York has more repre¬ 
sentatives than Rhode Island or Delaware. Any man or woman 
who can vote may be elected to the Senate or to the House of 
Representatives. 


The United States Courts 

The highest court in the land is called the Supreme Court and 
is located at Washington, D. C. The district courts are located 
in various states. Each city and town as well as each county has 
its court to try the cases that are less important. The Justice of 
the Peace is the local court officer in small communities. 

The Capitals 

The capital of the United States is located at Washington, 
D. C. Each State has its capital. The offices of the various 
departments of the United States Government are in Washington. 
The State records are kept at the Capitols. Each State also has a 
library and a court house although these may be in the capitol 
buildings. 


State Government 

Each State has about the same officers. These are the Gov¬ 
ernor, the secretary of state, treasurer, auditor, adjutant-general, 
attorney general, superintendent of schools, etc. Each State has 
its own House of Representatives and Senate. These men are all 
elected at a general election and are paid by the State. Men or 
women may be elected to any office in the State. 


177 


County, City, and Town Governments 

The county is made up of a group of cities and towns. The 
chief officers are the attorney, the sheriff, the judge, treasurer, 
auditor and superintendent of schools. 

The county attorney is the lawyer for the county. 

The sheriff attends to the enforcing of the laws. 

The judge presides at the county court. 

The treasurer attends to the county’s finances. 

The auditor checks the books of the county to see that they 
are correct. 

The school superintendent is in charge of the schools and 
helps the city and town superintendents. 

The counties have other officers such as the health officers, etc. 
All county officers are elected by the people of the county and 
are paid by the county. The length of service varies in different 
states. 

Town and city officials are elected by the voters of the town 
or city. You are all familiar with the election day in your home 
town. The mayor is at the head of the city. The aldermen are 
elected from the different wards. The men elected are residents 
of the place where they have been elected. They are paid by the 
city or town from the money that is collected as taxes. Each town 
or city has its board of health, school superintendent, commis¬ 
sioner of roads and bridges, truant officer, tax collector, treas¬ 
urer and policemen. Any voter may hold any office in the city. 

In the very small settlements which are too small and which 
do not have enough residents to make it possible to pay the vari¬ 
ous officials, the county administers the laws. The county offi¬ 
cials also look after the schools of these communities. 

Our foreign relations are attended to by ambassadors, 
consuls, and foreign agents. They are all paid by the nation. 
Our country is represented in every foreign land. After you 
become a citizen and have your final papers, you may want to 
visit the old country. In case you get into trouble while there, 
or wish advice, the American Consul is the man to whom to 
apply. He will help you if it is possible and will tell you what 
to do 


178 


There are of course, many other officers and officials that 
are not named here. They all have their special work to do. 
Every good American is supposed to help the men in the offices 
and in control of the government affairs. If each man does his 
share the men in the various departments can give us a better 
government. Only by co-operation can our United States 
Government be made the best on the earth. We must always 
remember that unless each man does his share, the country can¬ 
not reach the greatest possible success. Just as we vote for and 
pay our officials so let us keep our interest and love of country 
alive. By doing so we can rightfully say, “Our Country” and 
“OUR AMERICA.” 


179 


LESSON L 

“We always have time enough if we will but use it rightly/ 

OUR GOVERNMENT (IX) 


09 

O 

a 


m 

09 

4 -> 

cd 

4 -> 

m 

ft 

<v 

4-3 
• rH 

a 

ft 

09 

d3 


a> 

o 

«W 


«M 


rH 

05 

t*" 


05 

t'- 

rH 

o 

05 

O 

O 

rH 

<M 

<N 

co 

ft 


t- 

00 

oc 

CO 

CO 

OO 

OO 

00 

a 

r—( 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

d 

05 

r> 

rH 

ca 

r> 

lO 

<09 

t> 

09 

00 

05 

O 

o 

rH 

<M 

<M 

CO 

ft 

C- 

t- 

00 

CO 

00 

OO 

OO 

OO 


rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 


1=1 

o 

a 

09 

d 

o 

i 

rH 

rtH 

GO 


03 

d 

CO 


lO 

Tft 

00 


ft 

00 



ft ft ft 

. 09 09 09 

g ft ft ft 

il • . . bO bfi 

i? s a a a a a 2 2 

fdQQQftQQp^ 


<4-1 

O 

03 

4-3 

a 

09 

ft 

• rH 

09 

09 

d 

ft 

a> 

rd 


09 

4-3 

cd 

43 

m 


cd 


03 

J C3 cd 

s > > 


cd 


03 

03 

cd 


a 

a 

o 

Eh 


{SH O 

• H 


rd 

o 


l> 


C3 

o 

43 

b£ 

a 


4f rd 

d m 
S ea 

s £ 


03 

09 

*4 

ft 


be 

*4 

o 

09 



d 

o 




d 

09 

d 



03 

d 

09 

O 

d 

d 

03 

o 

d 


03 

a 

Vi 

09 

o 

in 

• ^H 

ft 

a 

cd 

ft 

C/2 

ri4 

09 

cd 

ft 

d 

d 

O 

03 

d 

cd 

ft 

o 

ft 

cd 

s 

O 

a 


ft 

cd 

> 

d 

d 

cd 


in 

cd 

03 

03 

d> 

> 

09 

.a 

w 

d 

rd 

o 

a 

o 

rd 

ft 

09 

a 

cd 

ft 

09 

a 

cd 

ft 

d 

rd 

O 

ft 

d 

ft 

d 

<1 

*4-3 

d 

cd 

3 

a 

£ 


u 

o 


o 

ft 


180 


James Polk Tenn. Dem. 1845-1849 

Zachary Taylor La. Whig 1849-1850, 1 yr. 4 mos. 

Millard Fillmore N. Y. Whig 1850-1853, 2 yrs. 8 mos. 

Franklin Pierce N. H. Dem. 1853-1857 

James Buchanan Pa. Dem. 1857-1861 


GO 

o 

B 

& 10 

a 

^ 2 
LO >» 
rH 

CO 


00 

o 


a 

.a 


CO 


a 

t-* 

CJ 


CO 


10 

CJ 

t- 

rH 

0 

rs 

tO> 

CJ 

CO 

t- 

*N 

rH 

CJ 

CO 

rH 

CO 


0 

CO 

t> 

CO 

a 

OO 

00 

CJ 

CJ 

0 

0 

rH 

CM 

CM 


CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 


00 

CO 

00 

00 

CJ 

CJ 

CJ 

CJ 

CJ 


rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

CO 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

» 


rH 

IO 

CJ 

1 

rH 

rH 

to 

1 

CJ 

00 

t>* 

rH 

CJ 

CO 

rH 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

C- 

00 

OO 

00 

OO 

CJ 

CJ 

O 

O 

rH 

03 

CM 

OO 

r—I 

00 

r-H 

OO 

r-H 

oo 

00 

r-H 

OO 

r-l 

00 

r-H 

00 

r-H 

00 

rH 

00 

r-H 

CJ 

*—I 

CJ 

r-H 

CJ 

rH 

CJ 

rH 

CJ 

rH 


d d 

0 0 


« « 


d d 

cj o 


« « 



« pH p « 


a 


<D 


Q 


d d d a d d 

D U D 4) O CJ 

« « « Q W « 


g o o &h 

n h (h o o ^ ^ 


& 


£h O Hj O of 

* ^ ^ <*4 

£ £ o & o ^ 


d 



w 

aj 



>d 

O 

m 

"d 

*—< 
0 
0 
d 

d 

0 

w 

d 

H-S 

d 

r>> 

cd 

w 

T3 

r-H 

Pi 

d 

rd 

d 

cd 

r-H 

cj 

• rH 

Pi 

Pi 

cd 

d 

cd 

® 

• rH 

iH 

rd 

O 

cd 

U 

*d 

cd 

-«-> 

Pi 

> 

a> 

w 

r> 

CJ 

d 


O 

Pi 

O 

cd 

rk 

<1 

r-H 

O 

d 

• rH 

3 

c3 


CQ 

e+H 

Pi 

O 

Pi 

Pi 

a 

Pi 

rd 

0 

a; 

CJ 

CQ 

CJ 

1 - 

cj 

cd 

CJ 

a 

t-i 

GO 

CO 


0) 

C/5 

> 

• r —5 

> 

pi 

T3 


-M 

g 

a> 

0 

d 

O 

rO 

d 


d 

cd 


Pi 

<y 

Pi 

<1 

<1 

3 


H) 

O 

O 

PQ 

O 


>* 

cj 


M 

cj 


a 

£ 


cj 

> 

a> 

co 

o 

o 

« 

-P> 

0) «4H 

tH «J 

•S ^ 

o 

CJ 

-a 

Eh 


a 

£ 


fl 
o 

CO 

• H 

£ 

* 
o 

Pi 
T3 
o 

^ ^ 6 


g> « 

•2 

T3 *73 

tl 

cj "o 

M O 

" o 

§ fl 

Pi • r-4 

cd «—< 

S3 


181 


LESSON LI 


“An idle man is Satan’s workshop.” 

OUR GOVERNMENT (III) 

Population of the U. S. at the different censuses.) 


(Notice the steady growth of our country.) 


1790 

3,929,214 

1860 

34,443,321 

1800 

5,308,483 

1870 

38,558,371 

1810 

7,239,881 

1880 

50,155,783 

1820 

9,636,822 

1890 

62,622,250 

1830 

12,866,020 

1900 

75,568,636 

1840 

17,069,453 

1910 

91,972,266 

1850 

23,191,876 

1920 

106,418,284 


Our Soldier Presidents 

Washington, Monroe and Jackson were soldiers in the Revo¬ 
lutionary War. Jackson, W. H. Harrison, Tyler, Taylor, and 
Buchanan served in the War of 1812. Lincoln served in the 
Black Hawk War, Taylor, Pierce, and Grant served in the Mexi¬ 
can War. Grant, Hayes, Garfield, Arthur, B. Harrison, were in 
the Civil War. Roosevelt served in the War with Spain. 

Immigration 1820-1910 


1820-1840 

750,949 

1881-1890 

5,238,728 

1841-1850 

1,718,251 

1891-1900 

3,687,564 

1851-1860 

2,598,214 

1901-1910 

8,796,308 

1861-1870 

1871-1880 

2,466,752 

2,944,695 

Total 

28,196,461 

Since 

1860 the great increase 

in population has been due 


largely to immigration. During the years from 1881 to 1910 the 
immigrants came to America at the rate of over 600,000 a year. 
The average immigrant has brought with him about seventy-five 
dollars. Without these immigrants it would not have been 
possible to have developed our country as we have. By giv¬ 
ing away land for people to cultivate and on which to build homes 
the country has been settled and the farm products have 
increased. 


182 



American Inventions That Have Helped The World 


Invention 

Inventor 

Year 

Nail Machine 

Perkins 

1787 

Cotton gin 

Eli Whitney 

1793 

Steamboat 

Robert Fulton 

1807 

Railroad 


1826 

Reaper and Thresher 

McCormick 

1834 

Revolver 

Colt 

183& 

Friction matches 


1838 

Vulcanized rubber 

Goodyear 

1839 

Telegraph 

Samuel Morse 

1844 

Sewing Machine 

Howe 

1846 

The Bessemer Process of 



making steel 

Bessemer 

1859 

Steam driven gang-plow 

Robinson 

1860 

Air-brake 

Westinghouse 

1869 

R. R. block signals 

Robinson 

1872 

Typewriter 

Sholes 

1873 

Telephone 

Bell 

1876 

Talking Machine 

Edison 

1877 

Gasoline Motor 

Selden 

1879 

Electric light, etc., 

Edison 

1880 

Trolley Car 

Van Depoele and Sprague 

1884 

Adding Machine 

Burroughs 

1888 

Electric Welding 

Thomson 

1889 

Motion Picture Machine 

Edison 

1893 

High speed steel 

Taylor and White 

1901 

Automobile 

Haynes 

1910 

Aeroplane 

Wright Brothers 

1910 

Printing press. (A modem 

printing press will print, fold and 


count 200,000 eight-page papers an hour.) 


There are other inventions. How many can you name? 

183 


Development of transportation and communication. 


The flatboat 


Telegraph 


The trail and the pack horse Cable 


Steamboats 
Erie Canal 
National Road 


Telephone 

Wireless Telegraphy 
The radio 


The Railroad 
Transatlantic Steamboats 
Automobile and truck 
Aeroplane 
Panama Canal 


184 


LESSON LII 


“Silence is sometimes the severest criticism.’* 

OUR GOVERNMENT (IV) 

Dates that should be remembered. The events listed below 
are a few of those which have been of importance in the develop¬ 
ment of our country. Full information concerning each of them 
can be found in any encyclopedia or history. Interesting books 
have been written on most of the subjects. Some of these books 
are fiction, that is, they are written in story form and have a 
plot that is worked out by the author. 

Discovery of America 
Date Event 

1000 The Norsemen first land on American shores. 

1492 The first voyage of Columbus. He lands on the West 
Indies, and claims America for Spain. 

1497 John Cabot lands in America and claims it for England. 
1452 Printing invented in Europe. 

1507 America named after Amerigo Vespucci who comes over 
to America and writes about the land. 

1513 Ponce de Leon (Spanish) discovers Florida. 

1519 One of Magellen’s ships sails around the world. 

1534 Cartier (French) sails to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 

1541 De Soto (Spanish) discovers the Mississippi River. 

1565 St. Augustine settled. This was the first permanent 
colony in America. 

1579 Drake (English) discovers the California coast. 

1584— 

1587 Sir Walter Raleigh (English) tries to settle colonies in 
America. 

1607 Jamestown, Va., is settled. This was the first permanent 

English colony in America. 

1608 Quebec founded by the French. 

1609 Henry Hudson (Dutch) discovers the Hudson River. 

1619 The first cargo of slaves brought to America. 

1620 The Pilgrims land at Plymouth, Mass. 


185 


1630 Settlement of Boston. 

1673 Marquette (French) explores the Mississippi River. 

1682 Founding of Philadelphia. 

1763 End of war between France and England for the control 
of America. 

The period between 1765 and 1783 was practically all taken 
up by the colonists in their struggles for freedom from England. 
The war began in 1776 although the actual causes of the war 
began with the Stamp Act in 1765. 

1765 Meeting of the Stamp Act Congress. 

1767 New taxes on lead, glass, tea, etc. 

1768 British troops quartered in Boston. 

1770 Boston Massacre. 

1773 Boston Tea Party. 

1774 Closing of the Port of Boston. 

1775 Fight at Lexington and Concord. 

1775 Washington appointed Commander-in-Chief. 

July 4, 1776 DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. 

June 14th, STARS AND STRIPES ADOPTED BY CONGRESS. 
1783 Signing of peace. COLONIES FREE FROM THE 
ENGLISH. 

1787 CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 

1789 First Congress meets at New York. 

1803 Louisiana purchased from France. 

1805 Treaty with Tripoli. 

1807 The first steamboat steams up the Hudson River. 

July 18, 1812 War declared against England. 

1814 Burning of Washington by the British. 

Dec. 24, 1814 England signs treaty of peace. 

1826 First railroad in the United States built at Quincy, Mass. 
1840 First telegraph line built between Washington and 
Baltimore. 

1846-1848 War with Mexico. 

Civil War. 1861-1865 

April 14, 1865 President Lincoln assassinated. 

1876 First telephone patented. 

1878 First electric light used. ! 


186 


1898-1899 War with Spain. 

1902 Panama canal authorized to be built by Congress. 

1903 First wireless message sent across the Atlantic. 

World War. 1917-1918 

1918 Prohibition made effective in the United States. 

Nov. 11, 1918 Signing of the Armistice at Versailles, France. 

Nov. 11,1921 Representatives of the nations of the world meet at 
Washington to discuss the reduction of the navies 
of the world. 


187 


PRESIDENT COOLIDGE’S FIRST MESSAGE TO CONGRESS. 


President Coolidge delivered his first message to Congress on 
December 6th, 1923, in person. His speceh was broadcasted 
throughout the country. The chief points were: 

1. Commending the World Court as the only practical 
plan on which many nations have ever agreed, referring it to the 
Senate for favorable consideration, “With the proposed reserva¬ 
tions clearly indicating our refusal to adhere to the League of 
Nations.” 

2. Does not favor cancellation of foreign debts. 

3. Opposed to the recognition of Russia. 

4. Approves Secretary Mellon’s tax reduction proposal. 

5. Urges the abolition of the right to issue tax exempt 
securities; does not favor excess profits tax. 

6. Opposed to revision of the tariff. 

7. Favors a government operation of the war-built mer¬ 
chant marine as economically as possible pending opportunity to 
sell it to advantage. 

8. Does not approve consolidating the army and navy 
departments; both should be strengthened rather than weakened. 

9. Favors a Department of Education and Welfare. 

10. Does not favor a soldiers’ bonus, but urges liberal com¬ 
pensation for and better care of disabled veterans. 

11. Declare for the most efficient enforcement of the Pro¬ 
hibition Law; increase of Coast Guard, and placing of Prohibition 
agents under the Civil Service. 

12. Favors child labor amendment; also a Federal minimum 
wage law for women. 

13. Would continue policy of restrictive immigration; im¬ 
migrants to be selected abroad. 

14. Advocates concerning coal mines to insure production 
and protection of the public against high prices. 

15. Favors the sale of Muscle Shoals; cheap fertilizers for 
farmers a necessity. 

16. Opposed to Government crop-price fixing. 

188 


WHAT NEW YORK CITY SPENDS 


The chief items of expenditure of New York City during 1922 
were as follows: 

1. Expenses of the city and county government, etc. $270,377,269.00 

2. Interest on the city debt 50,633,468.00 

3. Redemption of the city debt 13,376,405.00 

4. Permanent improvements 59,927,056.00 


The principal items of outlay for permanent improvements 
were: 


1. Rapid transit construction 

2. New Catskill water supply 

3. Docks 

4. Street improvement fund 

5. Streets and park openings 

6. Building of public schools and libraries 

7. Construction of highways 

8. Department of plant and structures 

9. Permanent improvements, improvements 

in other departments such as health, 
hospitals, fire, street cleaning, etc. 


5,154,314.00 

9,076,174.00 

2,447,650.00 

9,992,231.00 

2,304,980.00 

13,722,632.00 

5,720,875.00 

3,269,050.00 


4,830,559.00 


The population of New York City including the five boroughs 
in 1923 was 5,927,617. 


189 


ADDITIONS TO THE THIRTEEN ORIGINAL COLONIES 


Date 

State 

Nickname 

Green 

Abbreviation 

Vt. 

1791 

Vermont 

Mountain 

1792 

Kentucky 

Blue Grass 
Volunteer 

Ky. 

1796 

Tennessee 

State 

Tenn. 

1803 

Ohio 

Buckeye State 

Ohio 

1812 

Louisiana 

Creole State 

La. 

1816 

Indiana 

Hoosier 

Ind. 

1817 

Mississippi 

The Bayou 

Miss. 

1818 

Illinois 

The Prairie 

Ill. 

1819 

Alabama 

The Cotton 

Ala. 

1820 

Maine 

Pine Tree 

Me. 

1821 

Missouri 

Iron 

Mo. 

1836 

Arkansas 

The Bear 

Ark. 

1836 

Michigan 

The Lake or 
W olverine 

Mich. 

1845 

Florida 

Everglade 

Fla. 

1845 

Texas 

Lone Star 

Tex. 

1846 

Iowa 

Hawkeye 

Iowa 

1848 

Wisconsin 

Badger 

Wis. 

1850 

California 

Golden State 

Cal. 

1858 

Minnesota 

North Star 

Minn. 

1859 

Oregon 

Beaver 

Ore. 

1861 

Kansas 

Garden of the T ^ 

West Kans - 

1863 

West Virginia Panhandle 

W. Va. 

1867 

Nebraska 

Antelope 

Neb. 

1876 

Colorado 

Silver 

Col. 

1889 

North Dakota 

Sioux 

N. Dak. 

1889 

South Dakota 

Sunshine 

S. Dak. 

1889 

Montana 

Bonanza 

Mont. 

1890 

Idaho 

Gem 

Idaho 

1889 

Washington 

Chinook 

Wash. 

1890 

Wyoming 

Equality 

Wyo. 

1907 

Oklahoma 

Sooner 

Okla. 

1912 

New Mexico 

Sunshine 

N. Mex. 

1912 

Arizona 

Sunset 

Ariz. 

1896 

Utah 

Mormon 

Utah 



190 



TERRITORIES ADDED TO THE THIRTEEN 
ORIGINAL COLONIES 


o o 

MOO 

o o o 

w © o 
o o 

CD O 

iD~ 10 

rH 

■€©• 


O O 

o o 
o o 

o o' 
o o 
o o 

o' i> 


o 

o 

o 

o' 

o 

o 

Hi* 

H4> 

03 

•73 


cd 

£L 


O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o^ 

o~ 


o o 
o o 

°~ o' 
o o 
o o 
^ o'* 


03 

a. a 

cd cd 
_H ft 

Ph m 


ns 

S3 

03 


be 

S3 


o 

o 

• rH 

M 

03 


O 

o 

* rH 

M 

03 


^ rj ^ 

m 

d 


cd ^ ^ cj cd 
WfeHfcH'T ft ft ft ft ft 

^r^^^mminmin 


co 

v 


03 

cd 

g. 

GO 


73 

0) 

S 

o 

<D 

CQ 

£ 

o 

w 


03 03 

«5 CO 

cd o3 
^3 rS3 
o o 

*H f-l 

S3 3 


S3 

O 

• rH 

-M 

o3 

M 

03 

S3 

S3 


PL, Ph <1 H 


<D 03 
co co 
o3 o3 
r!3 rS3 
o o 
h u 
p 3 
PL PL 


03 

CO 

o3 

rC3 

o 

u 

d 

PL 

o "g 

• rH £3 

cd f 

M 

03 

S3 ^ 

d g 

^ EH 


03 

CO 

cd 


03 


c» 

^3 


03 


03 


& 

o 

1 

03 

Eh 


03 

td 

Q 


03 

CO 

cd 

rd 

03 


CO 

T3 
d 
cd 
> * 

Of 


>>"4 

03 

S3 

cd 

PL 

d 

03 

03 

O 

be 

S3 

• rH 
*H 

d 

"d 


cd 

d 

S3 

S3 

cd 

O 

O 

O 

o 

ID 

tM 


rH 

CO 

CO 

rH 

CO 

ID 

o 

CP3 

ID 

o 

CO 

CO 

t— 

T3 

CO 

CD 

CO 

TH 

CO 

CO 

03 

rH 

CO 

rH 

CO 

ID 

(M 

$3 

<» 


rH 

id 

l> 

kO 

CO 



<M 

C3 


ID 

cd 

rH 

crT 

CD 

ocT 

ID 

to" 

t> 

CD 

co" 


hT 




I> 

id 

tH 

CO 











rH 


CO 

<M 

id 


id 




rH 





03 03 

CO CO 

cd cd 


d g 

PL £ 

^ 17:3 

S d 

cO ^ 

£* £* rd rd 
CO 03 g g 
<13 03 Jj ^ 

H ^ d d 

Eh EH PL PL 


CO 

03 

(3 cn 

• rH W 

PL S3 
PL O 

33 tS3 

• rH 

rd r3 

S 3 


cd 

d 

cd 

cd 


d 

03 

03 

S3 

cd 

PL 

d 

03 


►-H 

S3 

cd 

• rH 

• rH 

o 

03 

• rH 

PS 


03 

03 

S3 

• rH 

PL 

r-H 

cd 

S3 

o 

• rH 

cd 

O 

cd 

cj 

• rH 

m 

• rH 

d 

• rH 

t-i 

o 

(73 

cd 

o 

bfl 

03 

03 

• rH 

H3 

ix 

H3 

X 

cd 

cd 

£ 

o 

4-3 

a 

cd 

PL 

• rH 

• rH 

44> 

• i-H 

T3 

d 

cd 

S3 

o 

w 

13 

f-i 

03 

cd 


cd 

o 

d 

^3 

T3 

cd 

s-3 

Pd 

Eh 

O 

a 

o 

H 

hH 

HH 

PL 

O 

PL 


PL 

CO 

03 

ID 

CD 

CO 

CO 

tH 

00 

CO 



rH 


o 

rH 



HH 

ID 

CD 

03 

03 



O 

O 

CO 

co 

00 

CO 

00 

00 

OO 

00 

00 



03 

03 


191 


1917 Virgin Islands Purchase 132 25,000,000 




8 

03 


ft 


o 



O 

t— 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 


CD 

02 

•*-H 

rh 

CO 

02 

r- 

CD 

02 

I© 

IO 

—4 

CD 

rH 

CD 

CO 

lO 

CM 

GG 

CD 

CO 

03 

0- 

CM 

CO 


CO 

rH 

r-H 

lO 

03 


CM 

02 

O 

O 

CM 

r—1 

CO 

Tt l 

rft 

CM 

rH 

rH 

uo 

rH^ 

co 

TP 

CO 


C i 

CM 

tfb 

00 

CM^ 

CO 

o' 

CD" 

U0 

o" 

co" 

o" 

co" 

oT 

o' 

o" 

co" 

co" 

C-" 

cm" 

02" 

t-" 

IO 

t-" 

C-" 

03" 

(M 

OO 

rH 

o 

02 

t— 

00 


03 

t- 

03 

rH 

CD 

02 

CD 

Tfl 


O 

CM 

t> 

03 


CO 

» 

c» 

C3 


CM 


03 

Tft 

o- 


Tji 


Th 

OO^ 


UO 

O 



(N 


rH 

co" 


i-T 


rH 

cm" 


co~ 

co" 

cm" 

rH 

cm" 

rH 


rH 

Tt<" 

co" 

cm" 


O0 

?H 

cd 


o 

03 


03 

ft 

o 

ft 


E 


© 

i 

a 



<T3 

o 

G 

© 

T! 

r-4 

o 

be 


CO 


a 

o 

5C 

CO 

o 


>> 

ft 

o' © 

P-.S 


© 

J-t 

G 

© 


a 


a 

o 

o 03 
03 w 
CG O 

o "b 


.S .* - 
S’ 0 ® 

fl 43 bC 

5 © g 

g cs d 

5 ft r K 2 © ^ 

© © <*2 O S ft o 


vs g •g 

© ® a 

* 'O S3 


ft 

ft 


o O 


-H> 

© 


G 

o 


© 

to 

o 

*4 


© t- 

03 © 

2 * 
*w O 

a ^ 'S 

^ fi 

cfl *C S 


© 


o 

rt *> 

G ^ 

• H Q 

2 03 *g a 

C0 P O 1^ 50 


■* g 

1 a 

a 

2 

3 3 

4 ^3 
Q 'S 
3 A 


A 
co 
• »-* 

a 

© 

ft 

CQ 

•* r^l 
g CO 

c3 G 
G © 

Jj ft 
G ?/} 
«w 


4-S 

G 
© 

© 

© 

© 

a 

o 
0 
<y tj 
%• 

- C 

- P 
g 


43 t3 

O © 

K ft 


~ 03 


T3 

a 


2 

© 

* 

O 

E 


© 

P 

© 

Q 


© 

be 

t-> 

o 


© 

o 

43 


G 

© 

-♦-3 

«w 

<i 


I © p 

© o ®3 

rv TJ 

Jr 1 be cq 

- c - 

. «H V 

43 

co d 

•rl *, d 

a © -2 

© -M 


44 

© 03 

> G 
P © « 

.5 £ 5 

^ hS 

: e 

«M H- 
_T O 

G > 

© © cc 
*3 -m K 
d cs ^ 
G £ c 

H W h 


© 

G 
• ^ 

► 



© g> 

-4-3 G 

43 £j 
as ft 

•43 

G *4 
© © 

ft P 

: <1 


© 

g 

o 

© 

© 

g 

ft 


© 

© 

g 

© 

U 


ft 




© 


o 

a 

be 

© 

a 



© 

4-* 

CS 


© 

S CJ 
g 

42 co 
© © 


© 

G 

O 

N 


G 

© © 
• H , 


eo .5? 0 

to £ 'G 

s jy s g * *s g-5 

^©oo©^©* 3 


+-> « -a 

o g g £ "g be o 

ei_i *"• C3 ’ r . 


CO 


C 
•-H T3 


2 © 


t>> 

m 


© 

G 


to 
© 
to 
G 
© © 


© 
G 
© 
• rH 

co 

*G 

O 


T3 

G 

© 

© -r 

G >? 

rH 

© © 


to 

■2 03 

2 to 


+_» r— i p— j ^^©OO^r-^©^-—iGG c ®©o. v ' > .'’ Vi 

IQ <1 <!UaOPftOHHlHH^4^ 


© 

CO 

CO 

© 

hH 


© 


© 

-*-> 

O 

CO 

© 

G 

G 


• M 

ft 

ft 

• •—c 
CO 
CO 

• *—c 

CO 

CO 


192 


X 

0 


r— 

03 

CO 

»ro 

X 

U0 

X 

CO 

Od 

0 

CD 

Ol 

CO 

03 

r- 

0 

03 

00 

X 

00 

CD' 

X 

X 

03 

r- 

0 

01 

0 

O 

X 

oo 

co 

Ol 

X 

C3 

X 

X 

Ol 

r— 

0 

CO 

X 

CO 

«~‘ 

03 

X 

03 

X 

X 

CD 

O 

Cd 

f-H 

Od 



cn 

CO 

00 

co^ 

0 

X 

0 

03 

CO 

<0 

X 

in 


CO 

00 

X^ 

X. 

03^ 

X 

in 

OO^ 

in 

CO 

rH 

co" 

r>-" 

e-" 

00 " 

(M" 

co" 

CD 

cm" 

t>" 

of 

co" 

0 " 

<0 

x" 

m" 

co" 

Od" 

cd" 

03 " 

00 " 

co" 

X 

Od" 

X 

co" 

CO 

r—H 

CO 


X 

c- 

t— 

X 

00 

X 

X 

CD 

03 

0 

03 

X 

in 

Od 

CO 

t- 

m 

03 

CO 

X 

CO 

X 

CD 


CO 

CO 



co 

CO 

00 

co^ 

CD 

T— ^ 

X 

00 

X 

X 

t> 

co 

co 

03 

X 

co 

CO 

X, 

in 


03 

CD 

co" 


X 



co" 


0 " 

<m" 


cd" 

of 


of 


X 


of 

x" 



03 " 

x" 

X 

03 " 


0 " 


O O czj i~* 

O M 

*-> _ „ 

-P 40 

%~* <D 

^ 13 © „. . 
^'o ^ ^ ° 

• H w rrt £ZT • *-H 

43 feC C0 P< > O 


^ *4^ 

P. CD 

M 


m 


rt 

o 

u 

a 

<D 


CD P 
M O 
O «fH 
t-t ■*■* 

<d 
CD P 
•r* *■« 

.& oS 

P o ® 
M O 
PH 


_ CD © O) 

4J <D 13 13 T» P 9« 


© 03 

P 


QW S«.Hg 
u bo ^ ot S be 


<13 

O 

• rH 
> 


<D 

° « 
^ P 
- O 

« g P 

d ° 

O* CQ 03 
W !B rj 

P P i-P 
Ph Ph43 


A-t 

03 

> 

P o 

—H •“• 
© 
O 

fec'd 

03 03 
tW 


13 

o 

o 

£ 

bo 


P P 
o o 

p M 
i3 13 
P P 

03 03 

13 13 
o o 
13 13 
o o 


X! 

m 

P 

u 

X 

4-> 

P 

• r-4 

P 

Ph 

P 

P 


o PP 


u 13 *1 


o'g 
P P 

> X 




ns 

P 

•S-g 

4J *-> 


P 

03 d 

P O 

.sag 

*p ..2 
£ o ^3 
«M P 

^ X 

p 03 cd 
O *P X 
03 p cd 
03 cd d 

G Ph « 
^ CCO 


PC 

P 

W 


03 


o 

£ 


rP 

03 

13 P* 

a 

cd 


cd 


© 

■ 

£ 

o 

P 

03 


w 


■4-3 ~ 
<1; ~ 
f | • xl 

03 ^ 

-M -l-H 

►» Sj M 
cd 03 
cog 


p . 
h op: 

X 03 7-i 

03 O ' 

H Pj O 
« 03 1—1 Q3 

P -«-3 . X 
P'fj >» N 

a2^£Q<3 


44 

gx 

03 

®4—1 03 

°t: 

03 Cd 

£ 43 
po 

Q 


p 
13 
o 

w 

be;; 


03 


.3 - 
M 


p 
cd 

•F—I 

M J-H r C 

O O P 

p p t—t 


cd 

03 

>-< 03 

bfi^ 

be O P 
p g.'bc 
P & 'Crg 
cd 13 O o 
© © o 

S£.s * 

_ °s 

pgt.“ 
cd P 03 d 

* H 13 m 3 
13 13 P P 
31 ,-1 P fli 


P 


ed 

03 P 

©iP • 
T! ° O 

o t* 44 

X P cd 

«C3p 

o!z;£ 

03 03 03 
'P 03 03 

&wm 


p 

s « 
& rt .s I 

»P *d 3 
~ be ^ 
©.OTx 
;> s-h _ i3 

^ p S 

d cd 03 
cd p - 

o-e | -"g 

•S g » a 

-h d +-> j-i 

HpPfc, 


P 

o 

-M 

X fee 

■£ p 

03 • •—< 

X X 
cd eg 
N ,«d 


03 


be P 


p ^ 

CD ^ w 

^ o.S cd 
^ ^ be P 

GO sh 

. ? r P 

03 03 .P 
03 13 

02 £ 


P 

cd 

a 

03 

03 

cd 

03 

P 

03 

o 

x 

13 

03 

a 

cd 

£ 


03 

X 

4-» 

o 

p 
o 
• ^ 
+-» 
cd 

I —4 

P 

P, 

o 

P. 

M 

cd 

■M 

O 

H 


M 


p 
§44 

^ C/7 
P Cd 12 
-£ £ P 

gx > 


CD 
t ~I 

»H 

X 

in 

PH 

a 

p 

^Wi 


p 

p 


p 


*7? o 
£44 
cd P 


>» g 

O * ^ M 

w . w . 

oOQ 
XX 

^ ^ * * £ t: 


p 

a 

o 

cd 


p n 
•p p 

§« 

> 03 

XH h-| 

1/1 

P i3 
P © 


P 

P 


p 


2 x 

p p 

op 


© 

© 

03 

co 

© 

P 

P 


X 

P 


p.2 
£.S p 

fee bf^ 

Cl ^ C' 

O c-pbT O 
p *d X 


p.a 


be 

.a 

a 

o 


- 0^3 ©03 © © © O 0^d34 M Sx . 


193 



Have a map of the United States in colors, showing the states 
and their capitals. Put in the rivers and lakes. 


Discuss: 

Products of the east, north, south, west. 

Railroads, rivers and lakes as means of transportation. 
Advantages of the immigrants settling in the country. 
Growth of population of the United States. 

The census. 

The various industries: cotton, cattle, lumber, manufacturing, 
mining, shipping, fruit raising. 

The climate of the country. 

Daniel Boone and the other pioneers. 

Finding of gold in California and its results. 

The United States as self-supporting and self-sustaining. 
Our friendly relations with Canada, with no forts on the 
border. 

The canals of the country. 

What the automobile has done for the country. 

Note: Discuss the locations, importance and values of each 
of these. 

Discuss the values of the above islands as coaling stations. 

Discuss the resource that have been of the greatest value 
from each of the above. 


194 


LESSON LIII 


“The road to success is not to be run upon by seven-leagued 
boots. Step by step, little by little, bit-by-bit—that is the way 
to wisdom, that is the way to wealth, that is the way to glory.’* 

REGULAR VERBS 


I look at the book. 

You look at the book. 

He looks at the book. 

I looked at the book. 

You looked at the book. 

He looked at the book. 

I will look at the book. 

You will look at the book. 

He will look at the book. 

I have looked at the book. 
You have looked at the book. 
He has looked at the book. 

I had looked at the book. 

You had looked at the book. 
He had looked at the book. 

I have been looking at the 
book. 

You have been looking at 
the book. 

He has been loking at the 
book. 

If I had not looked at the 
book, etc. 


We look at the book. 

You look at the book. 

They look at the book. 

We looked at the book. 

You looked at the book. 

They looked at the book. 

We will look at the book. 

You will look at the book. 

They will look at the book. 

We have looked at the book. 
You have looked at the book. 
They have looked at the book. 

We had looked at the book. 

You had looked at the book. 
They had looked at the book. 

We have been looking at the 
book. 

You have been looking at the 
book. 

They have been looking at the 
book. 

Have class work out plurals. 
Have class work out plurals. 


If I had been looking at the 
book, etc. 


195 


Regular verbs that are often used. 

Note: All of these verbs form the various tenses in the same 
way as the verb, “look”. If you want to find the correct form 
for the word “bake” in the past tense you will see the “ed” 
after the present tense of the verb, “look”. You will then be 
able to say “I baked” or “he baked”. Learn the correct 
words that are placed in front of the verb for the different tenses 
and you will have no trouble with the forming of the tenses. 

Remember: 

I cook, look, bake, etc. are for the present tense. 

“ed” after the verb for the past. 

“I will” before the verb for the future. 

“I have been,” “I had been,” “If I had been,” etc., are the 
words used for the more complicated tenses. 


look 

hope 

consent 

fire 

tie 

test 

carry 

receive 

purchase 

bake 

box 

fix 

kill 

weigh 

try 

paste 

fasten 

estimate 

fill 

fetch 

smoke 

count 

lick 

burn 

cook 

move 

permit 

fish 

bill 

walk 

crank 

repair 

figure 

wish 

hitch 

live 

measure 

pick 

smell 

clean 


The above are only a few of the regular verbs. Try others. 


196 


LESSON LIV 


“If conscience smite thee once, it is an admonition; 
if twice, it is a condemnation.’* 

IRREGULAR VERBS 


I buy a car. 

You buy a car. 

He buys a car. 

I bought a car yesterday. 
You bought a car yesterday. 
He bought a car yesterday. 

I shall buy a car tomorrow. 
You will buy a car tomorrow. 
He will buy a car tomorrow, 

I have bought a car. 

You have bought a car. 

He has bought a car. 

I had bought a car before he 
came. 

You had bought a car before 
he came. 

He had bought a car before 
he came. 

I have been buying a car. 
You have been buying a car. 
He has been buying a car. 

If I had not bought a car 
If you had not bought a car 
If he had not bought a car 

There are 
have learned these 


We buy a car. 

You buy a car. 

They buy a car. 

We bought a car yesterday. 

You bought a car yesterday. 
They bought a car yesterday. 

We will buy a car tomorrow. 
You will buy a car tomorrow. 
They will buy a car tomorrow. 

We have bought a car. 

You have bought a car. 

They have bought a car. 

We had bought, etc. 

You had bought, etc. 

They had bought, etc. 

We have been buying a car. 

You have been buying a car. 
They have been buying a car. 

Have class form plurals. 

parts to every verb. After you 
parts you can form all of the 


three important 
three important 


197 


tenses. From the preceding verb you can tell when to use 
“have,” “had,” “shall have,” “should have,” etc. All of 
the verbs form their tenses in the same way, that is, they are 
formed by adding the same word to the past definite to form the 
tense desired. The present, past and future tenses are called the 
simple tenses. The others are called the perfect tenses. To form 
the perfect tense of any verb you find the correct form of the 
verb “am” or “had” to use, then place this form before the 
participle of the verb that you are going to use. The following list 
contains a few of the verbs that you will use in your conversation 
and in letter writing. Be sure to learn them. You will then have 
control of one of the fundamentals of our language. 


Present Tense 

Past Tense 

Past Participle 

make 

made 

made 

eat 

ate 

eaten 

give 

gave 

given 

see 

saw 

seen 

sweep 

swept 

swept 

run 

ran 

run 

buy 

bought 

bought 

spend 

spent 

spent 

fly 

flew 

flown 

catch 

caught 

caught 

find 

found 

found 

sing 

sang 

sung 

write 

wrote 

written 

think 

thought 

thought 

come 

came 

come 

go 

went 

gone 

sit 

sat 

sat 

bite 

bit 

bitten 

drive 

drove 

driven 

freeze 

froze 

frozen 

wear 

wore 

worn 

do 

did 

done 

blow 

blew 

blown 

creep 

crept 

crept 


198 


dig 

dug 

dug 

drink 

drank 

drunk 

fall 

fell 

fallen 

find 

found 

found 

forget 

forgot 

forgotten 

grow 

grew 

grown 

have 

had 

had 

hear 

heard 

heard 

hid 

hid 

hidden 

hold 

held 

held 

keep 

kept 

kept 

know 

knew 

known 

leave 

left 

left 

lose 

lost 

lost 

mean 

meant 

meant 

pay 

paid 

paid 

rise 

rose 

risen 

sell 

sold 

sold 

shine 

shone 

shone 

shoot 

shot 

shot 

sink 

sank 

sunk 

sleep 

slept 

slept 

speak 

spoke 

spoken 

stand 

stood 

stood 

steal 

stole 

stolen 

tell 

told 

told 

strike 

struck 

struck 

take 

took 

taken 

win 

won 

won 

write 

wrote 

written 


(Irregular Verbs) 

Present Tense: 

I am an American. We are Americans. 

You are an American. You are American. 

He is an American. They are Americans, 


199 


Past Tense: 

I was an American. 

You were an American. 
He was an American. 

Future Tense: 

I will be an American. 
You will be an American. 
He will be an American. 

Other Forms: 

I have been 
You have been 
He has been 

I had been 
You had been 
He had been 

I would have been etc. 

I should have been etc. 

I could have been etc. 


We were Americans. 
You were American. 
They were Americans. 


We will be Americans. 
You will be American. 
They will be Americans. 


We have been 
You have been 
They have been 

We had been 
You had been 
They had been 


Have class complete these forms. 


Make sentences of the various verbs. Bring them to the class 
to be corrected. If you will read aloud from the papers or from 
a book you will soon learn the correct forms to use. 


200 


LESSON LV 


“O, what a tangled web we weave, when 

first we practise to deceive.” 

PLURALS 

The word “plural” means more than one. The following are 
a few of the plurals most commonly used. It is necessary to learn 
these in order to speak correctly. There are several rules that 
tell how to form the plurals. These rules are difficult to remember 
and to apply. It is easier to learn the plurals outright and 
then keep on using them until you can remember them. Just as 
you will find the principle parts of the verb in the dictionary, so 
you will find the plurals of nouns. 

Singular (one) Plural (more than one) 


boy 

boys 



life 

lives 



self 

selves 

Notice that most of the 

words 

knife 

knives 

that end in an “f” form their 

shelf 

shelves 

plurals in the same way. 

They 

leaf 

leaves 

change the “f” to “v” and then 

calf 

calves 

add “es”. 


wolf 

wolves 

Ex. loaF loaVES 


thief 

thieves 



wife 

wives 




Note: Some words that end in an “o” add “s” to make the 

plural. 

banjo 

banjos 

dynamo 

dynamos 

piano 

pianos 

solo 

solos 

Some words that end in “ o ” 

add “ es ” to form 

their plurals. 

buffalo 

buffaloes 

cargo 

cargoes 

hero 

heroes 

mosquito 

mosquitoes 

tomato 

tomatoes 

potato 

potatoes 

tornado 

tornadoes 

negro 

negroes 


201 


Most of the words form their plurals by adding “s” to 
singular. 


table 

tables 

boy 

boys 

donkey 

donkeys 

chair 

chairs 

stamp 

stamps 

paper 

papers 

tree 

trees 

stocking 

stockings 

cigar 

cigars 



Many words form their plurals by changing 

the words. 

There is no rule for these. You can 

only learn them and then try 

to remember them. 




foot 

feet 

man 

men 

goose 

geese 

mouse 

mice 

child 

children 

baby 

babies 

woman 

women 



penny 

pennies 



tooth 

teeth 




The easiest way to learn the correct forms of the plural of 
the different words is to watch the words that you read and to 
notice the words used by those people who speak correctly. 


202 


WORDS THAT YOU SHOULD KNOW. 


mine 

noon 

walk 

here 

name 

many 

brother 

weak 

last 

rifle 

find 

miss 

hope 

cake 

month 

men 

cent 

poor 

arm 

narrow 

send 

sour 

morning 

what 

pass 

weather 

few 

snow 

strong 

five 

call 

nine 

hit 

today 

box 

fight 

man 

country 

rich 

few 

wide 

give 

sweet 

girl 

who 

sick 

why 

money 

rain 

foot 

four 

hand 

eight 

came 

yours 

evening 

run 

car 

little 

some 

many 

ready 

tell 

hot 

boy 

free 

well 

soon 

plenty 

woman 

hand 

long 

leg 

high 


when 

thirty 

feel 

sixty 

hail 

ninety 

six 

tell 

ten 

tall 

school 

plenty 

learn 

trade 

father 

narrow 

some 

sorry 

before 

teeth 

shoot 

neck 

front 

peace 

money 

paper 

food 

spend 

dollar 

anchor 

finger 

fasten 

face 

uncle 

went 

niece 

night 

purple 

sleep 

slow 

same 

today 

healthy 

clothes 

cold 

have 

time 

sister 

were 

know 7 

low 

sixteen 

taste 

thirteen 

where 

nineteen 

collect 

forty 

sunshine 

seventy 

seven 

hundred 

eleven 

before 

letter 

happy 

mother 

enough 

now 

mouth 

twelve 

broad 

fifteen 

lake 


203 


hair 

receive 

eighteen 

could 

bitter 

about 

sent 

red 

clean 

gray 

piece 

teach 

word 

family 

trouble 

Sunday 

Chicago 

thanks 

should 

week 

aunt 

lesson 

nephew 

over 

brown 

friend 

learn 

think 

yesterday 

near 

coat 

open 

please 

and 

first 

under 

with 

answer 

fourteen 

leave 

seventeen 

thing 

twenty 

take 

fifty 

shut 

eighty 

but 

thousand 

easy 

great 

tonight 

wish 

drink 

date 

carry 

game 

cousin 

start 

pink 

tooth 

fast 

eyes 

tomorrow 

dirty 

relation 

spell 

Monday 

save 

Tuesday 

pleasure 

Friday 

other 

April 


August 

crowd 

December 

start 

winter 

begin 

steal 

north 

light 

city 

policeman 

hill 

liberty 

forget 

borrow 

square 

dance 

lunch 

thought 

vegetable 

finish 

dessert 

start 

spoon 

busy 

napkin 

west 

floor 

mountains 

wood 

ocean 

collar 

round 

Saturday 

supper 

February 

fruit 

June 

soup 

October 

fork 

summer 

saucer 

cigarette 

table 

save 

coal 

welcome 

button 

attention 

Wednesday 

would 

January 

obey 

May 

return 

September 

education 

spring 

house 

daughter 

chance 

rob 

commence 

heavy 

south 

different 

river 

honor 

funny 

lend 

breakfast 

study 

meal 


204 


course 

shine 

nothing 

advice 

school 

stand 

weigh 

hardship 

plate 

belong 

orange 

port 

waiter 

nurse 

plum 

cold 

ceiling 

honest 

garden 

worship 

kerosene 

courage 

machine 

machine 

stockings 

think 

weak 

measure 

Thursday 

after 

expense 

business 

March 

though 

insurance 

not 

July 

young 

policy 

polish 

November 

circle 

force 

catch 

fall 

apple 

nothing 

explain 

worst 

cherry 

condition 

doctor 

match 

yard 

feast 

field 

citizen 

package 

office 

guess 

freedom 

private 

dash 

before 

hospital 

policy 

wire 

theatre 

picture 

company 

flower 

pretty 

ticket 

killed 

smooth 

crooked 

music 

entire 

parlor 

pear 

address 

enough 

slow 

banana 

worry 

church 

better 

shed 

east 

harvest 

throw 

read 

sea-shone 

engine 

idea 

public 

lake 

charge 

smoke 

premium 

flat 

time 

never 

agent 

dinner 

flour 

done 

protect 

meat 

rough 

thirsty 

property 

book 

death 

straight 

custom 

knife 

hurry 

steak 

desk 

cup 

beside 

peach 

rocky 

chair 

early 

barn 

voyage 

stove 

worth 

street 

press 

pocket 

bravery 

station 

extra 

shirt 

believe 

sudden 

world 

shoes 

without 

support 

price 

knot 

hungry 

employer 

remember 


205 


mistake 

travel 

character 

except 

leave 

soldier 

someone 

answer 

receive 

engineer 

seventh 

elected 

body 

regular 

third 

rolling 

package 

branch 

number 

order 

watch 

notice 

boat 

fortunate 

cheap 

service 

wild 

thankful 

library 

geese 

quick 

material 

card 

raise 

hour 

office 

history 

reason 

immigrant 

useful 

language 

pledge 

parcel 

different 

Asia 

duck 

picture 

walking 

barracks 

sixth 

explain 

describe 

recruit 

second 

umbrella 

wisdom 

medical 

tenth 

tremble 

cheerful 

infantry 

regular 

address 

moral 

cavalry 

express 

wonderful 

message 

farm 

window 

always 

sentence 

expensive 

second 

Africa 

city 

million 

baggage 

specialist 

ordinary 

family 

subway 

protect 

period 

vegetables 

control 

higher 

finish 

fifth 

trunk 

sergeant 

cement 

independent 

country 

evening 

privilege 

ninth 

poetry 

food 

Democrat 

visit 

animal 

person 

believe 

pencil 

romance 

acres 

booth 

company 

Europe 

chicken 

largest 

minute 

seldom 

intend 

sticker 

surprise 

years 

honest 

list 

afraid 

lower 

eighth 

coffee 

freight 

corporal 

fourth 

funny 

dress 

afternoon 

count 

grouch 

expensive 

separate 

secured 

amuse 

adventure 

cattle 

Republican 

afraid 

tear 

truck 

platform 

camera 

shelf 

fresh 

knowledge 

reliable 


206 


conversation 

instructive 

invented 

natural 

courteous 

complete 

group 

certain 

mental 

complicated 

mature 

party 

morality- 

Socialist 

future 

record 

stop 

accept 

river 

question 

exact 

something 

complain 

wrong 

street 

lucky 

telephone 

habit 

political 

ignorant 

Prohibition 

dictionary 

clerk 

desire 

elevator 

correct 

smallest 

chance 

attend 

better 

laugh 

obedient 

frown 

understand 

amusing 

field 

bright 

different 

information 

heat 

explain 

capital 

curious 

statement 

certain 

comma 

encyclopedia 

artificial 

helpful 

excitement 

interest 

injure 

awake 

reason 

uniform 

nearest 

clean 

damage 

notice 

attic 

listen 

lawyer 

mark 

clothes 


quotation 

truth 

thunder 

artist 

party 

editor 

valuable 

progress 

stove 

labor 

comfortable 

article 

extinguisher 

purchase 

building 

suppose 

necessary 

window 

opening 

fragile 

careful 

agree 

chimney 

position 

parents 

trouble 

acquaintance 

property 

monthly 

matches 

encourage 

smile 

victrola 

shower 

music 

personal 

event 

prevent 

literature 

alphabet 

written 

operate 

page 

chemical 

false 

kerosene 

escape 

kitchen 

question 

young 

transact 

custom 

location 

daily 

careless 

require 

together 

piano 

cigarettes 

pattern 

attractive 

happen 

interest 

expensive 

dance 

wisely 

orchestra 

poison 

decide 

desirable 

loyal 

contract 

headline 

salary 


207 


sentimental 

employer 

amusement 

insult 

advertising 

desire 

sensational 

workman 

refuse 

wages 

extension 

advice 

alarm 

possible 

twist 

success 

doctor 

stranger 

lightning 

courage 

possible 

explode 

waste 

tramway 

equal 

Portland 

temper 

claim 

quickly 

reason 

gasoline 

Harding 

brought 

consist 

various 

butcher 

weekly 

mucilage 

dense 

blow 

violin 

calendar 

circulate 

practise 

circulation 

review 


harbor 

possession 

steady 

president 

settle 

certain 

important 

Lincoln 

Philadelphia 

continue 

fountain-pen 

court 

opportunity 

desk 

constitution 

jeweler 

Washington 

wealthy 

treaty 

bridge 

colony 

license 

grown 

welcome 

extra 

touch 

merchant 

Boston 

envelope 

acres 

snowstorm 

adopted 

ceiling 

conquered 

simple 

grocer 

special 

market 

respect 

whistle 

stretch 

rack 

thought 

prison 

complete 

spelling 


208 


BOOKS THAT YOU SHOULD READ 


The Bible 
Aesop* Fables 
Jack and the Beanstalk 
Hans Anderson’s Stories 


2nd. Month. 

Indian Myths 
Mother Goose Rhymes 
Story of a Sunbeam 
Stories from Grimm 


The Bible 

Adventures of a Brownie 
Story of the Boston Tea Party 
Child life in the Colonies 

The Bible 

Children of the Northland 
Famous Early Americans 
Story of Flax 


3rd. Month. 

Child’s Garden of Verses 
Story of Columbus 
Story of the Mayflower 
Robinson Crusoe 

4th Month. 

Story of Glass 
The Snow Man 

Story of Tea, Coffee, Sugar, Salt 
Story of Rice, Wool 


5th Month. 


The Bible 

American Inventors 

Whitney, Fulton, Morse, 
Story of Daniel Boone 
Story of the Flag 
Story of Flax 

6th 

The Bible 

Aladdin and Ali Baba 
A Dog of Flanders 
Heroes from King Arthur 


Story of Lexington and Bunker 
Hill 

The Little Lame Prince 
Selections from Longfellow 
Story of Robin Hood 
Story of Wheat, Printing, Stars 

Month. 

Story of Nathan Hale 
Story of Florence Nightingale 
Story of the Norsemen 
The Pied Piper of Hamelin 
Story of Silk 


7th 


The Bible 

Stories of courage 

Gifts of the Forests 

Story of Leather, Iron, Steam 

Story of Napoleon 


Month 

The Snow Image 
Story of Frances Willard 
Great European Cities—London, 
Paris, Rome, Berlin, St. 
Petersburg, Constantinople 


209 


Note—The F. 0. Owens Publishing Co., Dansville, N. Y., has 
published a large list of books to read. All of the above can be 
purchased from them at an average of seven cents per copy. 
Write them for a catalog and prices. 

Supplementary Reading 


The Bible 

Story of Armenia 

Story of Belgium 

Evangeline 

Stories of Heroism 

Story of Jean Valjean 

Legend of Sleepy Hollow 

The Man without a Country 

The Nurenberg Stove 

Heroes of the Revolution 

Rip Van Winkle 

Story of William Tell 

Pilgrim’s Progress 


Battle of Waterloo 

Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address 

Bunker Hill Address (Webster) 

Courtship of Miles Standish 

The Great Stone Face 

Last of the Mohicans 

The Oregon Trail (abridged) 

Story of King Arthur 

Vision of Sir Launfal 

The Building of the Ship 

0 Captain! My Captain!! 

Life of Lincoln 
Life of Roosevelt. 


BOOKS THAT YOU WILL ENJOY READING. 


The Bible 

Pilgrim’s Progress 

The National Geographic 

(Magazine) 

The American Magazine and 
others of similar nature 
The Literary Digest, Current 
Opinion, and other in¬ 
structive magazines 
Any good newspaper 
Huckleberry Finn 
Brewster’s Millions 
The Sky Pilot and others 
by Ralph Connor 
Any good History of the 
World 


Any good history of the United 
States 

Famous Americans 
Peck’s Bad Boy 
The American Government 
(Haskin) 

Life of Christ 

The series of J. Fenimore Cooper 
The Little Shepherd of Kingdom 
Come 
The Crisis 
Coniston 
Ben Hur 

How the world is Fed, Housed, 
and Clothed (Carpenter) 
Geographic Readers (Carpenter) 


210 


BIOGRAPHIES YOU SHOULD READ 


Life of Washington 
Life of Roosevelt 
Life of Benjamin Franklin 
Robert E. Peary, Explorer 
Life of U. S. Grant 
Life of Napoleon 
Life of Garibaldi 
Life of Pitt 

Life of Ferdinand and Isabella 
Life of Henry the Navigator 
Life of Julius Caeser 
Life of Alexander the Great 
Life of William the Silent 
Life of Gustavus Adolphus 
Life of Pope Leo the Great 
Life of John Calvin 
Life of Peter the Great 
Life of Jan Zobieski 
Life of Savonarola 
Life and Inventions of Edison 
Life of Joan of Arc 


Life of Clara Barton 
Life of Nelson (Southey) 

Life of Robert E. Lee 

Story of Nathan Hale 

Life of Lincoln 

Story of Samuel Morse 

Daniel Boone, Pioneer 

John Paul Jones, Sea Fighter 

Davis Livingstone, Missionary 

Life of Arasmus 

Life of Cavour 

Life of Martin Luther 

Life of John Huss 

Life of Christopher Columbus 

Life of Hiram Maxim 

Life of Florence Nightingale 

Life of Queen Elizabeth 

Life of Cyrus the Great 

Life of “Stonewall” Jackson 

Life of Helen Keller 


211 


SEPTEMBER IN AMERICAN HISTORY 

I. Biographies. 

September 1st, 1857, William H. Taft born at Cincinnati, Ohio. 
27th President of the U. S., now Chief Justice of the U. S. 
Supreme Court. 

September 2nd, 1850, Eugene Field born in St. Louis. He was 
known especially as the Children’s Poet. 

September 6th, 1757, Lafayette born at Chavagnac, Province of 
Auvergne, France. He is beloved by the Americans because 
of his services to us during the American Revolution. 

September 13th, 1860, Birthday of General John J. Pershing, born 
in Laclede, Mo., Commander-in-Chief of the A. E. F. 

II. Important Historical Events. 

September 1st, 1859, First Pullman Sleeper run from Blooming¬ 
ton to Chicago. 

September 3rd, 1783, Treaty of Peace signed at Paris, ending The 
American Revolution, giving America complete freedom 
from England. 

September 4th, 1609, Discovery of Manhattan Island (N. Y.) by 
Henry Hudson. 

September 5th, 1774, First Continental Congress met at Car¬ 
penters Hall, Philadelphia. All of the thirteen Colonies 
except Georgia sent delegates to this convention. 

September 6th, 1901, President McKinley shot by an assassin at 
Buffalo, N. Y. He died from his wounds September 14th, 
1901. 

September 7th, 1630, Boston settled by John Winthrop and other 
Puritans from England. 

September 8th, 1565, Menendez founded St. Augustine, the oldest 
town in the U. S. 

September 8th, 1621, First free school in America opened in 
Virginia. 

September 12th, 1918, Opening of the St. Mihiel Drive by the 
American Army in the World War. 

September 13th, 1702, First Commencement at Yale College. 


212 


September 14th, 1807, Pulton made the first steamboat run from 
New York to Albany. 

September 15th, 1814, Francis Scott Key wrote the “Star 
Spangled Banner” after watching the bombardment of Port 
McHenry in Chesapeake Bay by the English. 

September 16th, 1875, First fast mail train between New York 
and Chicago. This trip was completed in twenty-six hours 
and thirty-two minutes. 

September 17th, 1787, Constitution Day. The U. S. Constitution 
ratified by the Convention. 

September 22nd, 1862, President Lincoln issued his Proclamation 
of Emancipation. 

September 25th, 1513, Balboa, a Spaniard, was the first man to 
see the Pacific Ocean, viewing it from the Isthmus of 
Panama. 

September 26th, 1918, Beginning of the Meuse-Argonne Drive by 
the Americans in the World War. 

September 29th, 1915, Bell Telephone System engineers first 
transmitted speech by Radio from New York to Mare Island, 
Cal. 


213 


OCTOBER IN AMERICAN HISTORY 
I. Biographies 

October 7th, 1853, James Whitcomb Riley, poet, born in Green¬ 
field, Ind. 

October 27th, 1858, Birthday of Theodore Roosevelt, born in 
New York City. 


II. Important Historical Events 

October 2nd, 1889, First Pan-American Conference opened at 
Washington. Ten Republics of North and South America 
signed an Arbitration Treaty. 

October 6th, 1825, Erie Canal Completed. 

October 9th, Fire Prevention Day. Anniversary of the Great 
Chicago Fire, 1871. 

First telephone conversation over a real line from Boston to 
Cambridgeport, 2 miles, 1876. 

October 10th, 1845, United States Naval Academy at Annapolis 
opened. 

October 12,1492. Discovery of America by Christopher Columbus. 

October 14th, 1811, First Steamboat on the Mississippi and Ohio 
River left Pittsburg. 

U. S. Mint established at Philadelphia, 1786. 

October 19th, 1781, Cornwallis surrendered at Yorktown, thus 
practically ending the Revolutionary War. 

October 21st, 1879, Thomas A. Edison produced the first 
incandescent light. 

October 28th, 1886, Statue of Liberty, a gift from France* 
uuveiled in New York Harbor. 

October 31st, Hallowe ’en. 


214 


NOVEMBER IN AMERICAN HISTORY 
I. Biographies 

November 3rd, 1794, William Cullen Bryant, American poet and 
journalist, born at Cummington, Mass. 

November 30th, 1835, Birthday of Mark Twain (Samuel Clemens) 
American author of “Huckleberry Finn,” “Tom Sawyer, 
etc. He was born in Florida, Mo. 

II. Important Historical Events 

November 4th, 1808, first flint glass manufactured at 
Pittsburgh. 

November 10th, 1845, Albany, N. Y., streets first lighted by gas. 

November 11th. Armistice Day. 

November 15th, 1777, The Articles of Confederation of the U. S. 
adopted by the Continental Congress. 

November 15th, 1861, first telegraph line between the Atlantic 
and the Pacific was placed in operation. 

November 19th, 1863, Lincoln delivered his Gettysburg Address. 

November 23rd, 1923, a telephone message travelled across the 
continent in one-fiftieth of a second. 

November 26th, 1876, first long distance telephone conversation 
Boston to Salem, Mass., 16 miles. 

Last Thursday in November, Thanksgiving Day. 


215 


DECEMBER IN AMERICAN HISTORY 


I. Biographies 

December 17th, 1807, Birthday of John Greenleaf Whittier, 
American Poet, Haverhill, Mass. 

December 25, Birth of Christ. 

II. Important Historical Events 

December 2nd, 1823, The Monroe Doctrone read to Congress by 
President Monroe. 

December 7th, 1787, the Constitution of the United States was 
ratified by the first State, Delaware. 

December 8th, 1848, First gold from California deposited at the 
U. S. Mint. 

December 10th, 1898, Peace Treaty signed at Paris, ending the 
Spanish-American War. 

December 14th, 1911, the South Pole discovered by Roald 
Amundson, Norwegian explorer. 

December 15th, 1814, the first meeting of the “ Hartford 
Convention. ’ 7 

December 17th, 1903, first successful air flight by the Wright 
Brothers. The test was made in North Carolina by a 
machine that weighed a little over two hundred pounds. It 
stayed in the air fifty-nine seconds, travelling eight hundred 
and fifty-two feet. 

December 19th, 1902, first wireless message transmitted across 
the Atlantic by Marconi from Poldhu, England, to Nova 
Scotia. 

December 20th, 1880, nearly one mile of Broadway, New York 
City, lighted by electricity for the first time. 

December 21st, 1620, Landing of the Mayflower at Plymouth, 
Mass. 

December 25th, Christmas Day. 

December 30th, 1853, signing of the treaty of the Gadsden Pur¬ 
chase. The land purchased from Mexico at this time is now 
a part of Arizona and New Mexico. 


216 


JANUARY IN AMERICAN HISTORY 


I. Biographies 

January 11th, 1757, Alexander Hamilton born on the island of 
Nevis in the West Indies. He was made a member of Wash¬ 
ington’s Military Staff in 1777, member of the Constitutional 
Convention in 1787, Secretary of the Treasury under Wash¬ 
ington, Commander-in-Chief of the Army under President 
John Adams. He was mortally wounded in a duel with 
Aaron Burr, a political enemy, and died July 12th, 1804. 

January 17th, 1723, Birthday of Benjamin Franklin, at Boston, 
Mass. 

January 18th, 1782, Birthday of Daniel Webster, born at 
Salisbury, N. H, 

January 19th, 1807, Birthday of Robert E. Lee, General-in- 
Command of the Southern Forces during the Civil war. 

January 19th, 1809, Birthday of “Stonewall” Jackson, born at 
Clarkesburg, W. Va. 

January 19th, 1809, Edgar Allan Poe, American poet and writer, 
born in Boston. 

January 23rd, 1737, Birthday of John Hancock, born at Braintree, 
Mass. He was President of the First Continental Congress, 
the first signer of the Declaration of Independence, and the 
first Governor of the State of Massachusetts. 

January 29th, 1843, Birthday of William McKinley. Born at 
Niles, Ohio. 


II, Important Historical Events 

January 1st, 1863, Lincoln’s Emancipation Proclamation, freeing 
the negro slave, went into effect. 

January 3rd, 1870, Brooklyn Bridge begun. 

January 15th, 1831, First American Locomotive for actual use 
completed at Peter Cooper’s Iron Works, near Baltimore. 
It drew an open car at the rate of eighteen miles an hour. 


217 


January 18th, 1919, Peace Conference following the World War 
opened in Paris. 

January 20th, 1902, President Roosevelt recommended the pur¬ 
chase of Panama Canal Company’s rights. 

January 20th, 1792, Post Offices and Post Roads established by 
Congress. 

January 24th, 1848, Gold discovered at Coloma, Cal. 

January 25th, 1859, Long Distance telephone circuit opened 
between New York and San Francisco. 

January 29th, 1919, The 18th Amendment (Liquor Prohibition) 
to the Constitution was declared adopted. 


218 


FEBRUARY IN AMERICAN HISTORY 

I. Biographies 

February 3rd, 1811, Horace Greeley born at Amherst, N. H. 

February 8th, 1820, General William Sherman born at Lancaster, 
Ohio. 

February 11th, 1847 Thomas A. Edison born in Milan, Ohio. 

February 12th, 1809, Abraham Lincoln born in Hardin County, 
Ky. 

February 22nd, 1732, George Washington born in Westmoreland 
County, Va. 

February 22nd, 1819, James Russell Lowell, noted American poet, 
born at Cambridge, Mass. 

February 27th, 1807, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow born at 
Portland, Me. 

n. Important Historical Events 

February 5th, 1631, Roger Williams, the founder of R. I., arrived 
in America joining the Boston Colony. 

February 12th, 1733, General George Oglethorpe landed at 
Savannah, Ga., with thirty-five families from the British Isles. 

February 15th, 1898, United States Battleship Maine sunk in 
Havana Harbor, Cuba. This w r as the immediate cause of the 
Spanish-American War, 


219 


MARCH IN AMERICAN HISTORY 


I. Biographies 

March 1st, 1837, William Dean Howells born at Martin's Ferry, 
Ohio. Greatest American novelist of the last half of the 
19th Century. 

March 3rd, 1847, Alexander Bell, inventor of the telephone, born 
in Edinburgh, Scotland. 

March 15th, 1767, Andrew Jackson born at Waxhaw Settlement, 
N. C. General in the War of 1812. Founder of the present 
Democratic Party and 7th President of the United States. 

II. Important Historical Events 

March 5th, 1770, Boston Massacre. 

March 5th, 1922, Complete telephone circuit comprising wires 
and wireless between New Canaan, Conn., and the S. S. 
America, 400 miles at sea, demonstrated by the Bell System 
engineers. 

March 9th, 1862, First Battle betwen Iron-Clad ships in 
Hampton Roads, Va. 

March 10th, 1876, First speech transmitted over telephone wire 
at Boston. 

March 14th, 1765, Cotton gin patented by Eli Whitney. 

March 16th, 1802, U. S. Military Academy at West Point 
established by Congress. 

March 17th, 1776, The British evacuated Boston. Washington 
was rewarded with the first gold medal struck in the U. S. 

March 17th, St. Patrick's Day. 

March 25th, 1785, First City Directory in America at 
Philadelphia. 

March 27th, 1884, Boston to New York long distance telephone 
line opened. 

March 29th, 1842, Ether was first used as an anaesthetic by Dr. 
Charles Thomas Jackson at Boston. 

March 30th, 1867, Alaska purchased from Russia for $7,200,000. 

March 31st, 1854, First Treaty signed between the U. S. and 
Japan. 


220 


APRIL IN AMERICAN HISTORY 


I. Biographies 

April 3rd, 1783, Birthday of Washington Irving, the first distin¬ 
guished American author. 

April 3rd, 1837, John Burroughs, naturalist and writer, born in 
Roxbury, N. Y. 

April 13th, 1743, Thomas Jefferson bom at Shadwell, Va. 

April 27th, 1822, General U. S. Grant, Union General of the Civil 
War, 18th President of the U. S., born at Point Pleasant, Ohio. 

EC. Important Historical Events 

April 2nd, 1792, First United States Mint established at 
Philadelphia. 

April 3rd, 1860, First Pony Express established in Utah. First 
telephone conversation between Boston and New York. 

April 5th, 1857, Systematic numbering of houses begun in 
Philadelphia. 

April 6th, 1917, United States declared war on Germany. 

April 7th, 1909, North Pole discovered by Commander Robert E. 
Peary, U. S. N. 

April 9th, 1682, La Salle, after passing down the Illinois and 
Mississippi River, planted a cross near the mouth of the 
Mississippi and claimed all the land drained by it, for the 
King of France. 

April 9th, 1865, General Lee surrendered to Grant at Appomattox 
Court House, Va., thus ending the Civil War. 

April 10th, 1872, Arbor Day inaugurated in treeless Nebraska. 

April 12th, 1861, The Beginning of the Civil War. The Confed¬ 
erate Artillery fired the first shot upon Fort Sumter in 
Charleston Harbor. 

April 13th, 1912, The Steamship Titanic sunk in the North 
Atlantic after collision with an iceberg. Loss, 1517 lives. 

April 14th, 1865, President Lincoln shot by John Wilkes Booth. 


221 


April 18th, 1775, The night of Paul Revere*s Ride (made famous 
by Longfellow’s poem.) 

April 19th, 1775, First shot fired in the Revolutionary War. 
Battles of Lexington and Concord. 

April 20th, 1898, Declaration of War by the United States 
against Spain. 

April 24th, 1879, First telephones exported (100 hand telephones 
for London). 

April 25th, 1846, War begun between Mexico and the United 
States. 

April 29th, 1878, First elevated train in America (N. Y.). 

April 30th, 1803, United States purchased Louisiana from France 
for $15,000,000. 

April 30th, 1789, Washington inaugurated as first President of 
the U. S. in the Old City Hall, N. Y. City. 


222 


MAY IN AMERICAN HISTORY 


I. Biographies 

May 4th, 1796, Horace Mann born at Franklin, Mass. The first 
normal school in the U. S. was the result of his effort. 
Developed Co-educational system. Revised Massachusetts’ 
school laws and system. His work affected the entire coun¬ 
try and led to the development of the free public school 
system of today. 

May 25th, 1803, Ralph Waldo Emerson, American poet, born in 
Boston. 

May 29th, 1736, Patrick Henry, famous American orator, born in 
Studley, Va. 


II. Important Historical Events 

May 1st, 1541, De Soto discovered the Mississippi River. 

May 1st, 1898, Commodore Dewey destroyed the Spanish fleet in 
Manila Bay. 

May 6th, 1896, First successful flight of an airplane that was 
heavier than air. It was invented by Samuel Langley. 

2nd Sunday in May, Mother’s Day. 

May 10th, 1775, Second Continental Congress opened at Phila¬ 
delphia. This Congress adopted the Declaration of 
Independence on July 4th, 1776. 

May 11th, 1751, First medical school in the Colonies chartered at 
Philadelphia. 

May 13th, 1607, First permanent English Colony in America 
established at Jamestown, Va. 

May 13th, 1846, United States declared war against Mexico. 

May 15th, 1918, First air mail route New York to Washington. 

May 14th, 1787, National Constitutional Convention met in 
Philadelphia. The Delegates completed the Constitution of 
the U. S. 

May 24th, 1844, First telegraph message ever sent, from Wash¬ 
ington to Baltimore. 

May 27th, 1844, First telegraph message sent by Professor Morse 
from Baltimore to New York. 

May 28th, 1918, American troops captured Cantigny, France, 
first village restored to France by the A. E. F. 

May 30th, Memorial Day. 

May 30th, 1922, Lincoln Memorial at Washington, D. C., 
dedicated. 


223 


JUNE IN AMERICAN HISTORY 


I. Biographies 

June 3rd, 1808, Jefferson Davis born in Todd County, Ky. Presi¬ 
dent of the Confederacy during the Civil War. His birthday 
is a legal holiday in most of the Southern States. 

II. Important Historical Events 

June 2nd, 1851, Maine became the first prohibition State by 
Legislative Enactment. 

June 4th, 1876, First through train from New York arrived at San 
Francisco. Time 83 hours 34 minutes. 

June 9th, 1881, American Red Cross established. 

June 14th, 1777, Congress passed a resolution providing that the 
U. S. Flag have thirteen alternating red and white stripes 
and thirteen white stars in a blue field. We celebrate it as 
Flag Day. 

June 15th, 1846, Signing of the Treaty at Washington by Great 
Britain and the U. S. fixing the boundary between the U. S. 
and Canada. This boundary has no forts nor military posts 
and no dispute has ever arisen since its settlement. 

June 17th, 1775, Battle of Bunker Hill. 

June 18th, 1812, United States declared war against England. 

June 20th, 1819, First steam vessel to cross Atlantic sailing from 
New York to Liverpool. 

June 23rd, 1683, William Penn signed Treaty of Peace with 
Indians on the present site of Philadelphia. 

June 26th, 1917, First American troops reached France in the 
World War. 

June 28th, 1914, Arch-Duke Ferdinand, heir to the Austrian 
throne, was assassinated. This led to Austria's declaration 
of war against Servia one month later and brought on the 
World War. 


224 


INDEX 


Lesson Page 

I The Flag . 7 

II My First Letter Home. 9 

III The U. S. Post Office (I) . 12 

IV U. S. Post Office (II) . 15 

V My Friend, The Policeman. 18 

VI My Bank Book .•.. .. 21 

VII Mr. Check Book, My Bankbook’s Brother. 24 

VIII Mr. Sign, The Driver’s Friend. 26 

IX Review . 80 

X Thanksgiving Day .•. 32 

XI Telegraph Messages . 36 

XII Railroad Station (I) . 39 

XIII Railroad Station (II) . .... 42 

XIV The Telephone . 46 

XV Spelling Review .. 51 

XVI Fire . 52 

XVII Fire Prevention (I) . 54 

(Causes of destructive fires in the U. S.)- 57 

XVIII Fire Prevention (II) . 58 

XIX Public Parks . 63 

XX Clean Up Week (Typhoid Fever) . 68 

XXI The American Soldier. 71 

XXII The Hospital. 75 

XXIII Insurance . 80 

XXIV Spelling Review. 85 

XXV Public Library . 87 

XXVI Two American Heroes . 91 

XXVII Clean The Teeth... 95 

XXVIII The Living Room. 97 

XXIX Saving Your Savings. 101 

225 
































INDEX 


Lesson Page 

XXX Courtesy . 10° 

XXXI Our Country . HO 

XXXII Ordering From A Catalog. 114 

XXXIII Taxes .•. 1H 

XXXIV Smile . 122 

XXXV Mother’s Day . 125 

XXXVI The Immigrant . 128 

XXXVII The Ballot . 132 

XXXVIII Fourth of July . 136 

XXXIX How To Find Information. 139 

XL Boy Scouts . 144 

XLI Punctuation And Capital Letters . 149 

XLII Spelling Review. 152 

XLIII The American Flag. 154 

(Flag courtesy) 

XLIV The American Newspaper. 156 

XLV Business Terms . 162 

XLVI Tomorrow . 166 

XLVII The United States of America (I) .170 

XLVIII The United States of America (II).173 

XLIX Our Government (I) .176 

L Our Government (II) . • • • • 180 

(Our Presidents) 

LI Our Government (III) . 182 

(Census, immigration, inventions, 
transportation, communication). 

LII Our Government (IV) . 185 

(Important dates, additions, states) 

LIII Regular Verbs.195 

LIV Irregular Verbs . 197 


226 


























INDEX 


Lesson Page 

LV Plurals ... 201 

Words That You Should Know .203 

Books That You Should Read.209 

September In American History.212 

October In American History.214 

November In American History.215 

December In American History. 216 

January In American History.217 

February In American History.219 

March In American History.220 

April In American History.221 

May In American History.223 

June In American History.224 


227 





























































* 








































































































































































































































































Ill 5 ? 

















J>*r 

* A 'o. 

•' .(P '<-.»• 


*^T‘ .0^ V *?.?• AV 

’<*> rxV . •" ' * * ^ <^ V r O « 0 * <$> .. _ . _ _ 

,r ^ ^ 0 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ (; ^ ^ ^ 

[; *j@yfS\« jpv^ ‘J>g||i§ : ^4. },°4 

*.. %'»..••* a°° \. **•.’•’*a** %*w^* a>° 

•"“*• V ;«& V* .-afil': \/ • 

* aV^ j 
_ _ ** % • 

°o V <fs£»Zr 0 * y .25*^% *+ 





* aV'^* .* 

* ** ^ • 





_ , ft 0 

~y. •» 0 a . 0 ^ 


.4% 



• ** *%• • 




jy-^ * *&%§&' 

.9* ** # °* O v *L^L% ^cv 

W - JK*- W *■ 

* /V V 

V ,T7r * </. * - • .%,*'*■■ * ‘ ’ *<\.... <* > v t .. ■% 

r* t° •*&: ^ •°*Sil’ **o« :4ra»* -W 

v!§W.* A 1 ®** 

v <** t ,..„ V">° <** 'V *"'*'^ 9 ,. V»>° 


* ^ ^ o\ 

\9. "'.'.7 



°o 


jP^ 




aV ^ * * * * 

Ay 0®“°® <^K 

J ^ • js x5^v . *P 

'»/ ;4Sk- ^„< 






°o 


> w .- / >_ v*w/\‘ . 

^v/ »<’ <y “V *■»*« a° ^ *•#'• a v 

♦ aWa" o ^ ^ ♦ ^|^y. ^ ^ ^ ^, v *-“ 

BA/V liil : /\ 

k v ■'#%t* ,G V *0 9 i* .<\ <»■ ^ •-*» « # - 

^ . • t ' # ♦ "^o a^ c 0 “ • -* ^ ♦ t» • . ^ 

„ rf^ C ° ^ 0 U ° 

M <r ^ #4 '*‘' 00 ^° 0 ^ '•' , ** 0< ^ '**• »«'* « 0 0 

1 ■* - • *-* r. Q> Q’ , t * o„ A, * % »• • • / < * o 

V/ ;V^'. V / ,M 

« .^»y>* j o c, Doaeidified using the Bookkeeper process. 

♦ a V ^ • ^U[^ * aV ^ VV Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 

. ,- >:< ^ ^ ^ Treatment Date: Oct. 2006 

°- ^ «°.' *«. ^ * -0* ,•‘^1* "*0, PreservationTechnologies 


jP-Tb 



A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 




.ty ,«•■>, ■'> V »* V/» c* -0~ y“- V » 

^ ^ ^ *ate- % c / % a* * 

? *8&&W/A° VV^ ^SrSl^* 'f'V VV 

* #*%. °WmW : : -lllf* <?\. 





* < 6 V o, . i * X 

*t*te\*^ .< 

O a _* 




o • 


■y v t v. " «. Ilvwccs % v 1 «. (^yyy/jUJff A K \- *'^kll\v\N>> ' ” 

"> % / \‘^\/ V^V 

<5. V* .*. «. »*jras^k,' To /A *o« 


A-* 

V ♦♦ ^ * 


* W 


> * aV^ «• 

4 ^ ^ * 



*o, # o • T • A <* *'TyT« 0^ o* # * • * * A ♦<. 

1 ♦ *^o o° w ®^ *<i> cr <b «°" 9 % ^ 

fc-*- ° .v * ^Tx . ^ A ^ A - *-S^VvVy.v^ .. «T 




O A 

*o V^ 

4 O 7 *, 

0 % * «j 

o 0 A? ® * # i • ^ 

<y * * * °* ^ 4. 


«£* 

<5* • < ’ 


,• J- 0 ^ * 

•• / \ 

<<y O 

** .^, ^ . 

* <£ %. °* 

* <K. * 




A** 

r o* V ^ *. __ . 

* A, -A */ wtr T* (\ v vT) *« 

rs^ .v'*„ ^O A V O o«o* ^ # 0^ • l "* ^O 

c° s*/rv&' ^ a* v c u ♦W^ ?> % ° 

:^yr. ^o* .'Mmofl- *c 




ri°* 


*^0° **^ 

A v * * VL'* <0^ ^ . * * • • 

^ %/ •* 




'O’ r?» <? V ^ri* • yr ^ ■» . V* 'V 

A <, *?!7r» .&* \, '■>.*• A •e. **, 

!► 0 0 » o & ^6 qV * t » * ^ aP o 0 “ ® ♦ 

Oj 

> 0 ^. v 


o» '»7 c ♦ 

“. 0* .‘ 

; ^ °^ • 

« O "“j. * d,r C\ # 

*° ,., %*"’* v ^ 

A 4,0 *>%&. ^ *♦ • 

rSlIS.* *» 





^ SfW~s* 4} 
cP“. ® # # 1 • ^<s v 


<P V '•<’• 

Cv ,0 .’••* v V .«• 

** /% - 3 K‘ j>\ --w 

^ "o 


<» T? 7 ?v , 6 ^ '•. * * A <0 A°^ , 'V ' 

\6 A v lH Vj A* 6 0 M ® 4 <$» fv> « ^ 1 * 4 'o 

^ c.° t °o ^ C u O 




^ C/ ♦ 

' *. : 

*’ ^) V ^®«k0° <0 

-V *••» **b y # o Vj^ 

v tVtfnt?# ^ xV / - 



•V <5 ^ 






* •OiV’'^ ■* ^11 ^ 0 c5> '^jv ° w 

* AV V*v * * AV 0 “ 

4 ^ v «>^#lSyr» -or • 

- a <r, ♦JtvT* % 

> - M 0 ^ QV , i » • 4 ^ 

G ♦ 




j» •y' l C ♦’ 

. . v 

A A % 8 **r. *C> 

v *Vrf^vr«. ^ A 

* aP * 

r vP G 5 

: A v>. .- 

o* ^ % \ 

k ♦. 

,V ^ x0 v t* 1 ^* ’0_ A^ V 

*» * G ♦V//Z%2,% ° 4 ^ 



r ^CT 

-4 iO 



'o v 

r\ _>. 



1 • •• « 

. • 


'• t 















•vw 1-.1 


iI ? m 


r.'V'-ij'i 


•' ,y > 


. M* • •» 1 '.' |. I« 


'v^ -vxi : X 1 ■■ ■■ . ;■; 

’ 1 . ;*♦)• •••. ' ’ :■ ! ■ {■ . 










'.iUsi.i;->• IBHl'V.)’' ■ *• ' '• ■ J\u * ?• K* 













!<;■,| in; ; Wv 

< ■« • / •: , i ■ • 


uj 


». ..Sr*w »• ? . k . .* 




M &;.■ H ;■’{ -Mi, 1 -; wio.;-/ ; •: • ■■ ‘r .; 


;• ; t-flltti ?: <‘ .. r,. >■. ■! ')■! i : )• 1.1 }V 


•!» .fScr ? t; - {.•.){’« ' } \\ *y Vi j*{.'tiv # 4 *» r 

f • f . {* 



















































































































































































































































